Skip to main content

Full text of "Laelius de amicitia;"

See other formats 


The    Students'   Series 


C56&4daB 


Cl.  Serr. 


Eijr  ^tuticnts'  cScrirs  of  ILatiu  Classirs 


M.  TULLI  CICERONIS 


LAELIUS    DE    AMICITIA 


WITH  XOTES 

BY 

CHAKLES   E.   BENNETT 

PROFESSOR   OF   LATIN    IN    CORNELL   UNIVER8ITY 


LEACH,   SHEWELL,   AND   SANBORN 

BOSTON      NEW  YORK      CHICAGO 


copyright,  1897, 
By  CHARLES  E.   BENNETT. 


Nortaoot)  ^rcss 

J.  S.  Cushing  &  Co.      Bcr»  i<-k  &  Sniith 
Norwuod  Mass.  U.S.A. 


PREFACE 


FoR  the  text  of  tliis  edition,  I  have  endeavored  to 
utilize  the  critical  niaterial  that  has  appeared  since  the 
publication  of  Muller's  edition  (Leipsic,  1879).  In  the 
cominentary  the  aim  has  been  to  give  only  such  infor- 
mation  as  the  student  needs  for  an  adequate  under- 
standing  of  the  text.  All  discussion  of  moot  points, 
whether  of  text  or  interpretation,  has  been  relegated 
to  a  Critical  Appendix. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  notes  I  have  been  espe- 
cially  aided  by  the  excellent  commentaries  of  Reid, 
Strelitz,  and  Meissner. 

To  Professor  Pease,  Professor  Alfred  Gndeman,  of 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Professor  H.  C.  Elmer, 
and  Mr.  Chas.  L.  Durham,  of  Cornell  University,  I 
wish  also  to  extend  acknowledgment  for  valuable 
assistance  and  advice. 

Ithaca,  December  1,  1897. 


INTRODUCTION 


1.  Time  of  Composition  of  the  de  Amicitia.  —  With  the 
overthrow  of  Pompey  at  Pharsahis  in  48  ]}.c.  and  the  conse- 
qiient  ascendency  of  Julius  Caesar,  Cicero  had  retired  conipletely 
from  the  arena  of  political  life.  Resigning  himself  of  necessity 
to  the  centralizing  policy  of  Caesar,  he  sought  consolation  in  his 
ever-favorite  pursuit  of  philosophy,  and  it  is  to  these  closing 
years  of  his  life  that  his  chief  philosophical  works  belong, 
among  them  the  de  Amicitia.  This  little  essay  was  written  in 
■4-4  B.c,  not  long  after  Caesar's  assassination. 

2.  Atticus.  —  The  essay  is  dedicated  to  Cicero's  intimate 
friend,  Titus  Pomponius  Atticus.  Atticus  was  born  in  109  b.c. 
of  an  old  and  weaUhy  equestrian  family.  From  88  to  6.5  b.c. 
he  had  resided  at  Athens,  devoting  his  time  to  literary  and  phil- 
osophical  studies.  Returning  to  Rome  in  6.5  b.c,  he  had  lived 
on  terms  of  intimacy  with  the  first  men  of  his  day.  His  friend- 
ship  with  Cicero  had  begun  early  in  life,  when  the  two  were 
students  together,  and  is  well  attested  by  tlie  sixteen  books  of 
letters  (Epistulae  ad  Atticura)  which  have  come  down  to  us. 
This  correspondence  begins  in  68  b.c.  and  continues  for  twenty- 
five  years,  ending  only  a  few  nionths  before  Cicero's  death  (De- 
cember  7,  43  b.c).  Atticus  never  entered  public  life.  His 
death  occurred  eleven  years  after  that  of  Cicero,  in  32  b.c. 

3.  Occasion  of  the  Dialogue ;  its  Dramatic  Date.  —  The 
time  of  the  alleged  conversation  is  129  b.c.  Fannius  and  Scae- 
vola  come  to  the  house  of  their  father-in-Iaw,  Laelius,  who  is 
mourning  the  recent  loss  of  his  life-Iong  friend,  Scipio.  From 
a  discussion  of  Scipio's  character  and  achievements  the  conver- 

V 


VI  INTRODUCTION 

sation  naturally  turns  to  Laelius's  intimate  friendship  with 
Scipio,  and  this  in  turn  leads  to  the  subject  of  friendship  in 
general,  on  which,  at  the  request  of  tlie  young  men,  Laelius 
sets  tVirth  his  views  ;it  length. 

4.    The  Interlocutors : 

(a)  Laelius.  Gaius  Laelius  was  born  shortly  before  185  b.c. 
In  155  B.c.  his  interest  in  philosophy  was  first  roused  by  listen- 
ing  to  the  teachings  of  three  Greek  philosophers,  —  Diogenes, 
Critolaus,  and  Carneades,  —  who,  having  conie  to  Rome  on  a 
diplomatic  errand,  ventured  to  set  forth  to  Roman  youth  the 
tenets  of  their  several  schools.  It  was  Stoicism  which  appealed 
most  strongly  to  Laelius,  and  he  subsequently  pursued  his 
studies  in  this  field  under  Panaetius  of  Rhodes,  the  most  impor- 
tant  representative  of  the  Stoic  school  at  that  time.  Entering 
public  life,  he  was  tribune  of  the  plebs  in  151  b.c,  served  in 
the  Third  Punic  War,  and  was  present  at  tlie  fall  of  Carthage 
in  146  b.c.  ;  the  year  following  he  was  elected  praetor.  In  this 
capacity  he  took  the  field  and  successf  ully  conducted  the  Lusita- 
nian  campaign  against  Viriathus.  The  same  year  he  was  cliosen 
augur,  and  took  a  prominent  part  in  opposing  the  movement  to 
change  the  existing  method  of  electing  the  members  of  the  au- 
gural  collcge.  Ilitherto  vacancies  arising  in  this  board  had  been 
filled  by  the  augurs  themsclves.  Tlie  tribune  Crassus  proposed 
to  transfer  the  election  to  tlie  people,  but  his  plans  were  defeated 
by  Laelius  (see  §  96  of  the  de  Amicitia).  Four  years  later 
(141  B.c.)  Laelius  was  defeated  as  candidate  for  the  consulship, 
but  was  successful  the  year  afterward. 

In  his  gcneral  character  Laelius  combined  Greek  ideality,  love 
of  litcrature  and  pliilosophy  on  the  one  hand,  witli  lloinan  com- 
mon-sense  and  wisdom  in  practical  affairs  on  the  other.  The 
surname  Sapiens  given  him  by  his  contemporaries  was  probably 
intended  to  recognize  both  these  sides  of  his  character.  Person- 
ally  he  was  mild  of  manner,  warm-hearted,  and  thoroughly 
optimistic.     For  his  relations  with  Scipio,  see  below,  §  5. 

(h)  Scaero/a.  (iniiitus  Mucius  Scaevohi.  tlie  augur,  was  son- 
in-law  of  Laelius.    The  (Uites  of  his  birth  aud  death  are  unknown. 


INTRODUCTION  Vll 

luit  he  lived  at  least  till  88  b.c,  and  was  of  advanced  age  at 
lliat  tinie.  In  his  earlier  years  he  had  been  in  public  life,  and 
held  the  offices  of  tribune  (128  b.c),  plebeian  aedile  (125  b.c), 
praetor  (121  b.c),  and  consul  (117  b.c).  As  praetor  he  had 
been  governor  of  tlie  province  of  Asia,  and  upon  his  return 
frora  this  post  was  accused  of  extortion  by  T.  Albucius,  but  was 
acquitted.  His  greatest  fame,  however,  was  as  a  lawyer.  Even 
to  his  last  years  he  gave  advice  freely  on  legal  questions  to  all 
who  sought  his  counseb  He  is  one  of  the  speakers  also  in 
Cicero's  de  Oratore. 

(c)  Fannius.  Gaius  Fannius  Strabo,  also  a  son-in-law  of 
Laelius,  was  born  about  17-4  b.c,  and  served  as  a  soldier  under 
Scipio  before  Carthage  in  146  b.c,  and  under  Fabius  Maximus 
in  Spain  in  142  b.c  In  122  b.c  he  held  the  consulship.  Like 
Laelius,  he  was  a  pupil  of  Panaetius.  He  also  wrote  an  histori- 
cal  work  devoted  chiefly  to  a  recital  of  events  in  which  he  had 
himself  participated.  This  is  now  lost,  but  was  commended  by 
Cicero  for  its  excellent  style,  and  by  Sallust  for  its  great 
accuracy. 

5.  Scipio.  —  Scipio  Africauus  the  younger  was  a  son  of 
Lucius  Aemilius  Pauhis,  the  conqueror  of  Macedonia.  The 
name  Scipio  he  took  from  his  adoptive  father,  P.  Cornelius 
Scipio  (son  of  the  elder  Africanus),  adding  the  surname  Aemi- 
Hanus  in  token  of  his  actual  descent.  Scipio  was  born  about 
18.5  B.c  and  died  (or  was  murdered)  in  129  b.c,  a  few  days 
before  the  time  at  which  the  foUowing  dialogue  purports  to  have 
taken  place.  He  had  early  begun  to  devote  himself  to  arms, 
serving  his  first  campaign  under  his  father  Pauhis  in  the  Mace- 
donian  War  of  168  b.c  Subsequently  he  served  in  Spain  under 
LucuUus  in  151  b.c  ;  but  the  crowning  glory  of  his  military 
career  was  the  overthrow  of  Carthage  in  146  b.c 

Second  only  to  Scipio's  success  in  the  field  must  be  reckoned 
his  enlightened  interest  in  literature  and  philosophy,  and  his 
generous  patronage  of  men  of  letters.  In  early  life  he  had  felt 
the  impulse  of  the  Greek  teachers  who  visited  Rome  in  155  b.c 
In  his  maturer  years  he  becanie  the  centre  of  an  intellectual 


Viii  INTRODUCTION 

circle  embracing  his  friend  Laelius,  L.  Fiirius  Philus,  Scaevola 
(the  aiigur),  Fannius,  and  the  poets  Lucilius  and  Terence. 
Rumor  had  it  that  he  assisted  Terence  in  the  composition  of 
his  comedies. 

To  Laelius,  Scipio  was  attaclied  by  ties  of  the  closest  friend- 
ship.  At  home  and  in  the  field  the  two  were  inseparable. 
Cicero  iu  tlie  Republic  (I,  18)  tells  us  that  Laelius  reverenced 
Scipio  as  divine  in  consequence  of  his  military  prowess,  while 
Scipio  in  turn  regarded  Laelius  as  a  father.  Their  views  of  life 
and  government  were  identical ;  even  tlie  observations  on  friend- 
sliip  which  Ciccro  in  tliis  dialogue  puts  in  the  mouth  of  Laelius 
are  expressly  declared  by  the  latter  to  be  those  of  his  friend. 

Politically  Scipio  was  a  iirm  aristocrat.  He  had  been  ab- 
sent  in  Spain  at  the  time  of  the  disturbances  w^hich  cuhninated 
in  the  murder  of  Tiberius  (^racchus,  but  on  his  return  he  spoke 
out  boldly  and,  though  married  to  Sempronia,  the  sister  of 
Gracchus,  did  not  hesitate  to  declare  his  belief  tliat  the  agitator 
had  been  justly  slain.  This  was  in  133  b.c,  and  for  the  four 
remaining  years  of  his  life  Scipio  was  the  recognized  leader  of 
the  aristocratic  party.  One  morning  in  129  b.c.  he  was  found 
dead  in  his  bed.  Whether  he  was  tlie  victim  of  violence  or  died 
a  natural  death  was  never  known.  Suspicion  pointed  to  foul 
play  at  tlie  hands  of  his  political  opponents.  Rumor  linked 
itself  especially  with  the  names  of  Fulvius,  Carbo,  and  the 
younger  Gracchus.  Of  these,  Carbo  was  the  most  generally 
suspected,  and  is  even  expressly  mentioned  by  Cicero  as  the 
author  of  the  deed. 


M.   TULLI    CICERONIS 

LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA   LIBER 

AD   T.   POMPONIUM   ATTICUM 


1.  1.  Q.  Mucius  augur  multa  narrare  de  C.  Laelio 
socero  suo  memoriter  et  iucunde  solebat  nec  dubitare 
illum  in  omui  sermone  appellare  sapientem  ;  ego  autem 
a  patre  ita  eram  deductus  ad  Scaevolam  sumpta  virili 
toga,  ut,  quoad  possem  et  liceret,  a  senis  latere  num-  5 
quam  discederem ;  itaque  multa  ab  eo  prudenter  dispu- 
tata,  multa  etiam  breviter  et  commode  dicta  memoriae 
mandabam  fierique  studebam  eius  prudentia  doctior. 
Quo  mortuo  me  ad  pontificem  Scaevolam  contuli,  quem 
unum  nostrae  civitatis  et  ingenio  et  iustitia  praestan-  lo 
tissimum  audeo  dicere.  Sed  de  lioc  alias ;  nunc  redeo 
ad  augurem. 

2.  Cum  saepe  multa,  tum  memini  donii  in  hemi- 
cyclio  sedentem,  ut  solebat,  cum  et  ego  essem  una  et 
pauci  admodum  familiares,  in  eum  sermonem  illum  15 
iucidere,  qui  tum  permultis  erat  in  ore.  Meministi 
enim  profecto,  Attice,  et  eo  magis,  quod  P.  Sulpicio 
utebare  multum,  cum  is  tribunus  plebis  capitali  odio 

a  Q.  Pompeio,  qui  tuni  erat  consul,  dissideret,  quocum 
coniunctissime  et  amantissime  vixerat,  quanta  esset  20 

1 


2  LAELIUS   DE    AMICITIA 

liominuin  vel  admiratio  vel  querela.  3.  Itaque  tuni 
Scaevola  cum  in  eam  ipsam  mentionem  incidisset,  ex- 
posuit  nobis  sermonem  Laeli  de  amicitia,  habitum  ab 
illo  secum  et  cum  altero  genero,  C.  Fannio  Marci  filio, 

5  paucis  diebus  post  mortem  Africani.  Eius  disputa- 
tionis  sententias  memoriae  mandavi,  quas  hoc  libro 
exposui  arbitratu  meo ;  quasi  enim  ipsos  induxi  lo- 
quentes,  ne  '  inquam^  et  'inqidt'  saepius  interpone- 
retur,  atque  ut  tamquam  a  praesentibus  coram  haberi 

10  sermo  videretur. 

4.  Cum  enim  saepe  mecum  ageres,  ut  de  amicitia 
scriberem  aliquid,  digna  mihi  res  cuni  omnium,  cogni- 
tione,  tum  nostra  farailiaritate  visa  est.  Itaque  feci 
non  invitus,  ut  prodessem  multis  rogatu  tuo.     8ed  ut 

L5  in  Catone  Maiore,  qui  est  scriptus  ad  te  de  senectute, 
Catonem  induxi  senem  disputantem,  quia  nulla  vide- 
batur  aptior  persona,  quae  de  illa  aetate  loqueretur, 
(juam  eius,  qui  et  diutissime  senex  fuisset  et  in  ipsa 
senectute  praeter  ceteros  floruisset,  sic,  cum  accepis- 

20  semus  a  patribus  maxime  memoral)ilem  C.  Laeli  et 
P.  Scipionis  familiaritatem  fuisse,  idonea  mihi  Laeli 
persona  visa  est,  quae  de  amicitia  ea  ipsa  dissereret, 
(piae  disputata  ab  eo  meminisset  Scaevola.  Genus 
auteni  hoc  sermonum  positum  in  hominum  veterum 

25  auctoritate,  et  eorum  inustriura,  plus  nescio  quo  pacto 
videtur  habere  gravitatis ;  itaque  ipse  mea  legens  sic 
afficior  interdum,  ut  Catonem,  non  me  h)qui  existi- 
raem.  5.  8ed  ut  tum  ad  senem  senex  de  senectute, 
sic  lioc  libro  ad  amicum  aniicissimus  scripsi  de  ami- 

30  citia.  Tum  est  Cato  locutus,  quo  erat  nemo  fere 
senior  tera])oribus  illis,  nenio  prudentior ;  nuiu'  Lae- 
lius  et   sapiens   (sic   enini   est   habitus)   et   aniicitiae 


CHAPTERS   I.,  II.  6 

gloria  excellens  cle  amicitia  loquetur.  Tu  velim  a 
me  animum  parumper  avertas,  Laelium  loqui  ipsum 
putes.  C.  Fannius  et  Q.  Mucius  acl  socerum  veniunt 
post  mortem  Af ricani ;  ab  his  sermo  oritur,  respondet 
Laelius,  cuius  tota  clisputatio  est  de  amicitia,  quam  5 
legens  te  ipse  cognosces.     , 

II.  6.  Fannius.  Sunt  i^ta,  Laeli ;  nec  enim  melior 
vir  fuit  Africano  quisquam  nec  clarior.  Secl  existi- 
mare  debes  omnium  oculos  in  te  esse  coniectos  unum  ; 
te  sapientem  et  appellant  et  existimant.  Tribuebatur  lo 
hoc  modo  M.  Catoni,  scimus  L.  Acilium  apud  patres 
nostros  appellatum  esse  sapientem,  sed  uterque  alio 
f|uodam  modo,  Acilius,  quia  prudens  esse  in  iure  civili 
putabatur,  Cato,  cpiia  multarum  rerum  usum  habebat ; 
multa  eius  et  in  senatu  et  in  foro  vel  provisa  pru-  15 
denter  vel  acta  constanter  vel  responsa  acute  fere- 
bantur;  propterea  quasi  cognomen  iam  habebat  in 
seuectute  sapientis.  Te  autem  alio  quodam  modo 
non  sohim  natura  et  moribus,  verum  etiam  studio  et 
doctrina  esse  sapientem,  nec  sicut  vulgus,  sed  ut  eru-  20 
diti  solent  appellare  sapientem,  qualem  in  reliciua 
Graecia  neminem  7.  (nam  cpii  septem  appellantur, 
eos,  qui  ista  subtilius  quaerunt,  in  numero  sapien- 
tium  non  habent),  Athenis  unum  accepimus,  et  eum 
quidem  etiam  Apollinis  oraculo  sapientissimum  iudi-  25 
catum ;  hanc  esse  in  te  sapientiam  existimant,  ut 
omnia  tua  in  te  posita  esse  ducas  humanosc|ue  casus 
virtute  inferiores  putes.  Itaque  ex  me  quaerunt, 
credo  ex  hoc  item  Scaevola,  quonam  pacto  niortem 
Africani  feras,  eoque  niagis,  cpiod  jjroximis  Nonis  30 
cum  in  hortos  D.  Bruti  auguris  commentandi  causa, 
ut  assolet,  venissemus,  tu  non  adfuisti,  qui   diligen- 


4  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

tissime   semper   illuni    diem   et   illud    munus    solitus 
esses  obire. 

8.  Scaevola.  Quaerunt  quidem,  C.  Laeli,  niulti,  ut 
est  a  Fannio  dictum,  sed  ego  id  respondeo,  quod  ani- 

5  mum  adverti,  te  dolorem,  quem  acceperis  cum  summi 
viri,  tum  amicissimi  morte,  ferre  moderate  nec  potu- 
isse  non  commoveri  nec  fuisse  id  humanitatis  tuae ; 
quod  autem  Nonis  in  collegio  nostro  non  adfuisses, 
valetudinem   respondeo   causam,   non    maestitiam   fu- 

10  isse. 

LaeliHs.  Recte  tu  quideni,  Scaevola,  et  vere ;  nec 
enim  ab  isto  officio,  (piod  semper  usurpavi,  cum  vale- 
rem,  abduci  incommodo  meo  debui,  nec  ullo  casu 
arbitror   hoc   constanti   homini   posse    contingere,   ut 

1.5  uUa  intermissio  liat  offici.  9.  Tu  autem,  Fanni, 
(piod  mihi  tantum  tribui  dicis,  quantum  ego  nec 
agnosco  nec  postulo,  facis  amice;  sed,  ut  mihi  vide- 
ris,  non  recte  iudicas  de  Catone ;  aut  enim  nemo, 
quod  quidem  magis  credo,  aut,  si  quisquam,  ille  sapi- 

20  ens  fuit.  Quo  modo,  ut  alia  omittam,  mortem  fili 
tulit !  memineram  Pauhim,  videram  (lahim,  sed  hi  in 
pueris,  Cato  in  perfecto  et  spectato  viro.  10.  Quam 
ob  rem  cave  Catoni  anteponas  ne  istum  (pu(h'ni  ipsum, 
quem  Apollo,  ut  ais,  sapientissinuini  iudicavit;  huius 

2.5  enim  facta,  ilHus  dicta  hiudautur.  De  me  autem,  ut 
iam  cum  utroque  vestruin  h)(]uar,  sic  habetote : 

III.  Ego  si  Scipi(jnis  (h^siderio  me  moveri  negem, 
quam  id  recte  faciam,  viderint  sapientes  ;  sed  certe 
mentiar.     Moveor  enim  t;ili  aniico  ()rl)atus,  (^ualis,  ut 

30  arbitror,  nemo  umquam  crit,  ut  contirnuire  possum, 
nemo  certe  fuit;  sed  non  egeo  medicina,  me  ipse 
consolor.  ct  niaxinic  illo  sohicio,  (piod  eo  errore  careo. 


CHAPTERS  II.,  III.  5 

quo  ainicorum  decessu  plerique  angi  solent.  Nihil 
mali  accidisse  Scipioni  puto ;  mihi  accidit,  si  quid 
accidit ;  suis  autem  incomniodis  graviter  angi  non 
amicum,  sed  se  ipsum  amantis  est.  11.  Cum  illo 
vero  quis  neget  actum  esse  praeclare  ?  Nisi  enim,  5 
quod  ille  minime  putabat,  immortalitatem  optare  vel- 
let,  quid  nou  adeptus  est,  quod  homini  fas  esset 
optare  ?  qui  summam  spem  civium,  quam  de  eo  iam 
puero  habuerant,  continu.o  adulescens  incredibili  vir- 
tute  superavit,  qui  consulatum  petivit  numquam,  fac-  lo 
tus  consul  est  bis,  primum  ante  tempus,  iterum  sibi 
suo  tempore,  rei  publicae  paene  sero,  qui  duabus  urbi- 
bus  eversis  inimicissimis  huic  imperio  non  modo  prae- 
sentia,  verum  etiam  futura  bella  delevit.  Quid  dicam 
de  moribus  facillimis,  de  pietate  in  matrem,  liberalitate  15 
in  sorores,  bonitate  in  suos,  iiistitia  in  omnes  ?  nota 
sunt  vobis.  Quam  autem  civitati  carus  fuerit,  maerore 
funeris  indicatum  est.  Quid  igitur  hunc  paucorum 
annorum  accessio  iuvare  potuisset?  Senectus  enim 
quamvis  non  sit  gravis,  ut  memini  Catonem  anno  20 
ante,  quam  est  mortuus,  mecum  et  cum  Scipione  dis- 
serere,  tamen  aufert  eam  viriditatem,  in  qua  etiam 
nunc  erat  Scipio.  12.  Quam  ob  rem  vita  quidem 
talis  fuit  vel  fortuna  yel  gloria,  ut  nihil  posset  acce- 
dere,  moriendi  auteni  sensum  celeritas  abstulit;  quo  25 
de  genere  mortis  difficile  dictu  est ;  quid  homines 
suspicentur,  videtis ;  hoc  vere  tamen  licet  dicere, 
P.  Scipioni  ex  multis  diebus,  quos  in  vita  celeberri- 
mos  laetissimosque  viderit,  ilhim  diem  clarissimum 
fuisse,  cum  senatu  dimisso  domum  reductus  ad  ves-  30 
perum  est  a  patribus  conscriptis,  populo  Eomano, 
sociis  et  Latinis,  pridie  quam  excessit  e  vita,  ut  ex 


6  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

tam  alto  clignitatis  gradu  ad  superos  videatur  deos 
potius  quani  ad  inferos  pervenisse. 

IV.    13.   Neque  enim  assentior  eis,  qui  haec  nuper 
disserere  coeperunt,  cum  corporibus  siniul  animos  in- 

5  terire  atque  omnia  morte  deleri ;  plus  apud  me  anti- 
quorum  auctoritas  valet,  vel  nostrorum  maiorum,  qui 
mortuis  tam  religiosa  iura  tribuerunt,  quod  non  fecis- 
sent  profecto,  si  niliil  ad  eos  pertinere  arbitrarentur, 
vel  eorum,  qui  in  liac  terra  fuerunt  Magnamque  Grae- 

10  ciam,  quae  nunc  quidem  deleta  est,  tum  florebat,  institu- 
tis  et  praeceptis  suis  erudierunt,  vel  eius,  qui  Apollinis 
oraculo  sapientissimus  est  iudicatus,  qui  non  tum  hoc, 
tum  ilhid,  uti  plerique,  sed  idem  semper,  animos 
hominum  esse  divinos,  eisque,  cum  ex  corpore  exces- 

15  sissent,  reditum  in  caehim  patere,  optimoque  et  iustis- 
simo  cuique  expeditissimum.  14.  Quod  idem  Scipioni 
videbatur,  qui  quidem,  quasi  praesagiret,  perpaucis  ante 
mortem  diebus,  cum  et  Phihis  et  Manihus  adesset  et 
alii   plures,  tuque  etiam,   Scaevola,  mecum  venisses, 

20  triduum  disseruit  de  re  publica;  cuius  disputationis 
fuit  extremum  fere  de  immortahtate  animorum,  quae 
se  in  quiete  per  visum  ex  Africano  audisse  dicebat. 
Id  si  ita  est,  ut  optimi  caiusque  animus  in  morte  fa- 
cilhme  evolet  tamquam  e  custodia  vinchsque  corporis, 

25  cui  censemus  cursum  ad  deos  facihorem  fuisse  quam 
Scipioni  ?  Quocirca  maerere  hoc  eius  eventu  vereor 
ne  invidi  magis  quam  amici  sit.  Sin  autem  illa  veri- 
ora,  ut  idem  interitus  sit  animorum  et  corporum  nec 
ulhis  sensus  maneat,  ut  nihil  boni  est  in  morte,  sic 

30  certe  nihil  mali ;  sensu  enim  amisso  fit  idem,  quasi 
natus  iion  esset  omnino,  quem  tamen  esse  natum  et 
nos  gaudemus  et  haec  civitas,  dum    erit,  laetabitur. 


CHAPTERS  III.-V.  7 

15.  Quam  ob  rem  ciim  illo  quidem,  .ut  supra  dixi, 
actum  optime  est,  mecum  inCominodius,  quem  fuerat 
aequius,  ut  prius  introieram,  sic  prius  exire  de  vita. 
Sed  tamen  recordatione  nostrae  amicitiae  sic  fruor,  ut 
beate  vixisse  videar,  quia  cum  Scipione  vixerim,  quo-  5 
cum  mihi  coniuncta  cura  de  publica  re  et  de  privata 
fuit,  quocum  et  domus  fuit  et  militia  communis  et,  id 
in  quo  est  omnis  vis  amicitiae,  voluntatum,  studiorum, 
seiitetitiarum  summa  consensio.  Itaque  non  tam  ista 
me  sapientiae,  quam  modo  Fannius  commemoravit,  lo 
fama  delectat,  falsa  praesertim,  quam  quod  amicitiae 
nostrae  memoriam  spero  sempiternam  fore,  idque  eo 
mihi  magis  est  cordi,  quod  ex  omnibus  saeculis  vix 
tria  aut  quattuor  nominantur  paria  amicorum ;  quo  in 
genere  sperare  videor  Scipionis  et  Laeli  amicitiam  15 
notam  posteritati  fore. 

16.  Fanuius.  Istuc  quidem,  Laeli,  ita  necesse  est. 
Sed  quoniam  amicitiae  mentionem  fecisti  et  sumus 
otiosi,  pergratum  mihi  feceris,  spero  item  Scaevolae, 
si,  quem  ad  modum  soles  de  ceteris  rebus,  cnm  ex  te  20 
quaeruntur,  sic  de  amicitia  disputaris  quid  sentias, 
qualem  existimes,  quae  praecepta  des- 

Scaevola.  Mihi  vero  erit  gratum ;  atque  id  ipsum 
cum  tecum  agere  conarer,  Fannius  antevortit.  Quam 
ob  rem  utrique  nostrum  gratum  admodum  feceris.     '      25 

V.  17.  Laelius.  Ego  vero  non  gravarer,  si  mihi 
ipse  confiderem ;  nam  et  praeclara  res  est  et  sumus, 
ut  dixit  Fannius,  otiosi.  Sed  quis  ego  sum  ?  aut  quae 
est  in  me  facidtas  ?  doctorum  est  ista  consuetudo,  ea- 
que  Graecorum,  ut  eis  ponatur,  de  quo  disputent  quam-  30 
vis  subito  ;  niagnum  opus  est  egetque  exercitatione  non 
parva.     Quam  ob  rem,  quae  disputari  de  amicitia  pos- 


8  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

sunt,  ab  eis  censeo  petatis,  qui  ista  profitentur ;  ego 
vos  hortari  tantum  possuni,  ut  aniicitiam  omnibus 
rebus  humanis  anteponatis;  nihil  est  enim  tam  natii- 
rae  aptum,  tam   conveniens  ad  res  vel  secundas  vel 

5  adversas.  18.  Sed  hoc  primum  sentio,  uisi  in  bonis 
amicitiam  esse  nou  posse ;  neque  id  ad  vivum  reseco, 
\\t  illi,  qui  haec  subtilius  disseruut,  fortasse  vere,  sed 
ad  communem  utilitatem  parum ;  negant  enim  quem- 
quam  esse  virum  bonum  nisi  sapientem.     Sit  ita  sane ; 

10  sed  eam  sapientiam  interpretantur,  quam  adhuc  mor- 
talis  nemo  est  consecutus,  nos  autem  ea,  quae  sunt  in 
usu  vitaque  communi,  non  ea,  quae  finguntur  aut  optan- 
tur,  spectare  debemus.  Numquam  ego  dicam  C.  Fa- 
bricium,  M'.  Curium,  Ti.  Coruncanium,  quos  sapientes 

15  nostri  maiores  iudicabant,  ad  istorum  norinam  fuisse 
sapientes.  Quare  sibi  habeant  sapientiae  nomen  et 
invidiosum  et  obscurum;  concedant,  ut  viri  boni  fue- 
rint.  Ne  id  quidem  facient,  negabunt  id  nisi  sapienti 
posse  concedi.       19.  Agamus  igitur  pingui,  ut  aiunt, 

20  Minerva.  Qui  ita  se  gerunt,  ita  viwuit,  ut  eorum  pro- 
betur  fides  integritas,  aequitas  liberalitas,  nec  sit  in 
eis  ulla  cupiditas,  libido,  audacia,  sintque  magna  con- 
stantia,  ut  ei  fuerunt,  modo  quos  nominavi,  hos  viros 
bonos,  ut  habiti  sunt,  sic  etiam  appellandos  putemus, 

25  quia  sequantur,  quautum  homines  possunt,  uaturam, 
optimam  bene  vivendi  ducem.  Sic  enim  mihi  per- 
spicere  videor,  ita  natos  esse  nos,  ut  inter  omnes  esset 
societas  quaedam,  maior  autem,  ut  quisque  proxime 
accederet.     Itaque  cives  potiores  (piam  peregrini,  pro- 

30  pinqui  quam  alieni;  cum  his  enim  aniicitiam  natura 
ipsa  peperit ;  sed  ea  non  satis  habet  firmitatis.  Nam- 
que  hoc  praestat  amicitia  propinquitati,  quod  ex  pro- 


CHAPTERS  V.,  VI.  9 

l)inquitate  benevoleiitia  tolli  potest,  ex  aniicitia  non 
})otest ;  sublata  enim  benevolentia  aniieitiae  nonien 
toUitur,  propinquitatis  manet.  20.  Quanta  autem 
vis  amieitiae  sit,  ex  hoc  intellegi  maxime  potest,  quod 
ex  infinita  societate  generis  humani,  quam  conciliavit  5 
ipsa  natura,  ita  contracta  res  est  et  adtlucta  in  angus- 
tum,  ut  omnis  caritas  aut  inter  duos  aut  inter  paucos 
iungeretur. 

VI.    Est  enim  amicitia  nihil  aliud  nisi  omnium  di- 
vinarum  humanarumque  rerum   cuni  benevolentia  et  10 
caritate  consensio;  qua  quidem  haud  scio  an  excepta 
sapientia  nihil  melius  homini  sit  a  dis  immortalibus 
datum.     Divitias  alii  praeponunt,  bonam  alii  valetu- 
dinem,  alii  potentiam,  alii  honores,  multi  etiam  volup- 
tates.      Beluarum  hoc  quidem  extremum,  illa  autem  15 
superiora  caduca  et  incerta,  posita  non  tam  in  consiliis 
nostris  quam  in  fortunae  temeritate.     Qui  autem  in 
virtute  summum  bonum  ponunt,  praeclare  illi  quidem, 
sed  haec  ipsa  virtus  amicitiam  et  gignit  et  continet,  nec 
sine  virtute  amicitia  esse  ullo  pacto  potest.       21.  lam  20 
virtutem  ex  cousuetudine  vitae  sermonisque  nostri  in- 
terpretemur  nec  eam,  ut  quidam  docti,  verborum  magni- 
ficentia  metiamur  virosque  bonos  eos,  qui  habentur, 
numeremus,  Paulos,  Catones,  Galos,  Scipiones,  Philos  ; 
his  communis  vita  contenta  est ;  eos  autem  omittamus,  25 
qui  omnino  nusquam  reperiuntur.        22.   Talis  igitur 
inter  viros  amicitia  tantas  opportunitates  habet,  quan- 
tas  vix  queo  dicere.      Principio  qui  potest  esse  vita 
'  vitalis,'  ut  ait  Ennius,  quae  non  in  amici  mutua  bene- 
volentia  conquiescit  ?    Qnid  dulcius  quam  habere,  qui-  :;o 
cum  omnia  audeas  sic  loqui  ut  tecum  ?      Qui  esset 
tantus  fructus  in   prosperis   rebus,   nisi  haberes,   qui 


10  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

illis  aeque  ac  tu  ipse  gauderet  ?  adversas  vero  ferre 
difficile  esset  sine  eo,  qui  illas  gravius  etiani  quam  tu 
ferret.  Deni^iue  eeterae  res,  quae  expetuntur,  oppor- 
tunae  sunt  singulae   rebus  fere   singulis,  divitiae,  ut 

5  utare,  opes,  ut  colare,  honores,  ut  laudere,  voluptates, 
ut  gaudeas,  valetudo,  ut  dolore  careas  et  inuneribus 
fungare  corporis  ;  amicitia  res  plurimas  continet ;  quo- 
(juo  te  verteris,  praesto  est,  nuUo  loco  excluditur,  num- 
(juam  intempestiva,  numquam  molesta  est;  itaque  non 

10  ac^ua,  non  igni,  ut  aiunt,  locis  pluribus  utimur  quani 
amicitia.  Neque  ego  nunc  de  vulgari  aut  de  medi- 
ocri,  quae  tamen  ipsa  et  delectat  et  prodest,  sed  de 
vera  et  perfecta  loquor,  qualis  eorum,  qui  pauci  no 
minantur,  fuit.      Nam  et  secundas  res  splendidiores 

15  facit  amicitia  et  adversas  partiens  communicansque 
leviores. 

VII.  23.  Cumque  plurimas  et  maximas  commodi- 
tates  amicitia  contineat,  tuni  illa  nimirum  ])raestat 
omnibus,   quod   bonam    spem   praelucet    in   posterum 

20  nec  debilitari  animos  aut  cadere  patitiir.  Verum 
enim  amicum  qui  intuetur,  tamquam  exemplar  ali- 
quod  iutuetur  sui.  Quocirca  et  absentes  adsunt  et 
egentes  abundant  et  imbecilli  valent  et,  quod  diffi- 
cilius   dictu   est,    mortui    vivunt;    tantus    eos   lionos, 

25  memoria,  desiderium  prosequitur  amicorum.  Ex  quo 
illorum  beata  mors  vidctur,  liorum  vita  laudabilis. 
Quodsi  exemeris  ex  reruni  natura  benevolentiae  con- 
iunctionem,  nec  domus  \dla  nec  urbs  stare  poterit,  ne 
agri  quidem  cultus  permanebit.     Id  si  minus  intelle- 

30  gitur,  quanta  vis  amicitiae  concordiaecpie  sit,  ex  dis- 
sensionibus  atque  discordiis  percipi  potest.  Quae 
enim  domus  tam  stabilis,  quae  tam  firma  civitas  est, 


"CHAPTERS   VI.,  VII.  11 

quae  non  odiis  et  diseidiis  funditus  possit  everti  ? 
Ex  quo,  quantum  boni  sit  in  aniicitia,  iudicari  potest. 
24.  Agrigentinum  quidem  doctum  quendam  virum 
carmiiiibus  Graecis  vaticinatuni  ferunt,  quae  in  re- 
runi  natura  totoque  mundo  constarent,  quaeque  move-  5 
rentur,  ea  contrahere  amicitiam,  dissipare  discordiam. 
Atque  hoc  quidem  omnes  mortales  et  intellegunt  et 
re  probant.  Itaque,  si  quando  aliquod  officium  exsti- 
tit  amici  in  periculis  aut  adeundis  aut  communicandis, 
quis  est,  qui  id  non  maximis  efferat  laudibus  ?  Qui  lO 
clamores  tota  cavea  nuper  in  hospitis  et  amici  mei 
M.  Pacuvi  nova  fabula !  cuni  ignorante  rege,  uter 
Orestes  esset,  Pylades  Orestem  se  esse  diceret,  ut 
pro  illo  necaretur,  Orestes  autem,  ita  ut  erat,  Ores- 
tem  se  esse  perseveraret.  Stantes  plaudebant  in  1.5 
re  ficta ;  quid  arbitramur  in  vera  facturos  fuisse  ? 
Facile  indicabat  ipsa  natura  vim  suam,  cum  homines, 
quod  faeere  ipsi  non  possent,  id  recte  fieri  in  altero 
iudicarent. 

Hactenus   mihi   videor  de    amicitia   quid    sentirem  20 
potuisse  dicere ;   si  qua  praeterea  sunt  (credo  autem 
esse  multa),  ab  eis,  si  videbitur,  qui  ista  disputant, 
quaeritote. 

25.   Fannius.   Nos  autem   a  te  potius ;    quamquam 
etiam  ab  istis  saepe  quaesivi  et  audivi  non  invitus  25 
equidem ;   sed  aliud  quoddam  filum  orationis  tuae. 

Scaevola.  Tum  magis  id  diceres,  Fanni,  si  nuper  in 
hortis  Scipionis,  cum  est  de  re  publica  disputatum, 
adfuisses.  Qualis  tum  patronus  iustitiae  fuit  contra 
accuratara  orationem  Phili !  30 

Fannius.  Pacile  id  quidem  fuit,  iustitiam  iustissimo 
viro  defendere. 


12  LAELIUS  DE   AMICniA 

Smevola.  Quid  ?  aiuicitiaia  iionne  facile  ei,  qui  ob 
eam  sumnia  fide,  constantia  iustitiacj^ue  servatani  maxi- 
niam  gloriani  ce])ei'it  ? 

VII I.    26.    jMdins.    Vim    hoc   quidem    est   afferre. 

5  (iuid  enim  refert,  qua  me  ratione  cogatis  ?  cogitis 
certe.  Studiis  enim  generorum,  praesertim  in  re 
bona,  cum  difficile  est,  tum  ne  aeqnum  quidem  ob- 
sistere. 

Saepissime  igitur  mihi  de  amicitia  cogitanti  maxime 

10  illud  considerandum  videri  solet,  utruni  propter  im- 
becillitatem  atque  inopiam  desiderata  sit  amicitia,  ut 
dandis  recipiendisque  meritis,  quod  quistpie  minus  per 
se  ipse  posset,  id  acciperet  ab  alio  vicissimque  red- 
deret,  an  esset  hoc   qu^idem   })r()])riuui   amicitiae,  sed 

15  antiquior  et  pulchrior  et  magis  a  natura  i]jsa  ])rofecta 
alia  causa.  Amor  enim,  ex  quo  amicitia  nominata  est, 
princeps  est  ad  benevolentiani  coniungendam.  Nam 
utilitates  quidem  etiam  ab  eis  percijjiuntur  saejie,  qui 
simulatione  amicitiae  cokmtur  et  observantur  temporis 

20  causa,  in  amicitia  autem  nihil  tictum  est,  nihil  simu- 
latum  et,  quidquid  est,  id  est  veruni  et  vohmtarium. 
27.  Quapropter  a  natura  mihi  videtur  potius  tjuam  ab 
indigentia  orta  amicitia,  ap])licatione  magis  animi  cum 
quodam  sensu  ainandi  quam  cogitatione,  quantum  illa 

25  res  utilitatis  esset  habitura.  Quod  (juidem  quale  sit, 
etiam  in  bestiis  quibusdam  animadverti  ])otest,  quae 
ex  se  natos  ita  amant  ad  (luoddam  tein])us  et  ab  eis 
ita  amantur,  ut  facile  earum  sensiis  a]3])areat.  Quod 
in  homine  multo  est  evidentius,  jjrimum  ex  ea  cari- 

30  tate,  quae  est  inter  natos  et  parentes,  quae  dirimi 
nisi  detestabili  scelere  non  potest;  deinde  cum  simi- 
lis  sensus   exstitit   amoris,   si    aliquem    nacti    suiiius. 


CHAPTEKS  VII.-IX.  13 

cnius  cum  moribus  et  natura  congruamus,  quod  in  eo 
quasi  lumen  ali({uo(l  probitatis  et  virtutis  perspicere 
vi(ieamur.  28.  Kiliil  est  enim  virtute  amabilius, 
nihil,  quocl  magis  alliciat  acl  cliligenclum,  quippe  cum 
propter  virtutem  et  probitatem  etiam  eos,  quos  num-  5 
(juam  vidimus,  quodam  modo  diligamus.  Quis  est, 
qui  C.  Fabrici,  M'.  Curi  non  cum  caritate  alicjua  be- 
nevola  memoriam  usurpet,  c]uos  numcjuam  viderit  ? 
quis  autem  est,  cjui  Tarc[uinium  Superl:)um,  c|ui  Sp. 
Cassium,  Sp.  ]\Iaeliuni  non  oderit '.'  Cum  duobus  10 
ducibus  cle  imperio  in  Italia  est  decertatum,  Pyrrho 
et  Hannibale ;  ab  altero  propter  probitatem  eius  non 
nimis  alienos  animos  habemus,  alterum  propter  cru- 
delitatem  semper  haec  civitas  oderit. 

IX.    29.    Quod  si  tanta  vis  probitatis  est,  ut  eani  vel  15 
in  eis,  quos  numquam  vidimus,  vel.  quod  raaius  est, 
in  hoste  etiam   diligamus,  quid  mirum  est,  si  animi 
hominum  moveantur,  cum  eorum,  quibuscum  usu  con- 
iuncti  esse  possunt,  virtutem  et  bonitatem  perspicere 
videantur  ?     Quamquam  confirmatur  amor  et  beneficio  20 
accepto  et  studio  perspecto  et  consuetucline  adiuncta, 
quibus  rebus  ad  illum  primum  motum  animi  et  amoris 
adhibitis  admirabilis  quaedam  exardescit  benevolentiae 
magnitudo.    Quani  si  ({xu  putant  ab  imbecillitate  profi- 
cisci,  ut  sit,  per  quem  assequatur,  quod  quisque  cleside-  25 
ret,  humilem  sane  relinquunt  et  minime  generosum,  ut 
ita  dicam,  ortum  amicitiae,  quam  ex  inopia  atque  in- 
digentia  natam  volunt.     Quod  si  ita  esset,  ut  quisque 
minimum    esse  in  se   arbitraretur,  ita   ad   amicitiam 
esset   aptissimus ;    ciuod   longe    secus   est.        30.    Ut  30 
enim  cpiisc|ue   sibi  plurimum   ecmfidit,  et  ut  c^uisque 
maxime  virtute  et  sapientia  sic  munitus  est,  ut  nullo 


14  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

egeat  suaque  omnia  in  se  ipso  posita  iudicet,  ita  in 
amicitiis  expetendis  colendisque  maxime  excellit. 
Quid  enim  ?  Africanus  indigens  mei  ?  Minime  her- 
cule !   ac  ne  ego  quidem  illius ;    sed  ego  admiratione 

5  quadam  virtutis  eius,  ille  vicissim  opinione  fortasse 
non  nulla,  quam  de  meis  moribus  liabebat,  me  dilexit ; 
auxit  benevolentiam  consuetudo.  Sed  quamquam  uti- 
litates  multae  et  magnae  consecutae  suut,  non  sunt 
tamen    ab    earum    spe    causae    diligendi    profectae. 

10  31.  Ut  euim  benetici  liberalesque  sumus,  non  ut 
exigamus  gratiam  (lu^cpie  euim  beneficium  faenera- 
mur,  sed  natura  propensi  ad  liberalitatem  sumus), 
sie  amicitiam  uon  spe  mercedis  adducti,  sed  quod 
omuis  eius  fnu;tus  in  ipso  amore  iuest,  expetendam 

15  putamus.  32.  Ab  his,  qui  pecudum  ritu  ad  vo- 
luptatem  omnia  referunt,  longe  dissentiunt,  nec 
mirum ;  nihil  enim  altum,  nihil  magnificum  ac  divi- 
num  suspicere  possimt,  qui  suas  omnes  cogitationes 
abiecerunt  in  rem  tam  humilem  tamque  contemptam. 

20  Quam  ob  rem  hos  (piidem  ab  hoc  sermone  removea- 
mus,  ipsi  autem  intellegamus  uatura  gigui  sensum 
diligendi  et  beuevolentiae  caritatem  facta  significa- 
tione  probitatis.  Quam  qui  appetiverunt,  ap})licant 
se  et  propius  admovent,  ut  et  usu  eius,  qucm   dili- 

25  gere  coeperunt,  fruantur  et  moribus,  sintque  pares 
in  amore  et  aequales  propensioresque  ad  bene  meren- 
dum  quam  ad  reposcendum,  atque  haec  inter  eos  sit 
honesta  certatio.  Sic  et  utilitates  ex  amicitia  maxi- 
mae  capieutur,  et  erit  eius  ortus  a  natura  quam  ab 

30  imbecillitate  gravior  ct  verior.  Xaiii  si  utilitas  ami- 
citias  conghitiuaret,  eadem  commutata  dissolveret ; 
sed  quia  natura  mutari  non  potest,  idcirco  verae  ami- 


CHAPTEKS   IX.,  X.  15 

citiae   seinpiternae    sunt.      Ortum    quidem    aniicitiae 
videtis,  nisi  quid  ad  haec  forte  vultis. 

Fannius.    Tu  vero  perge,  Laeli ;   pro  lioc  enim,  qui 
minor  est  natu,  meo  iure  respondeo. 

33.    Scaevola.    Recte  tu  quidem.     Quam  ob  rem  au-    5 
diamus. 

X.  Laelius.  Autlite  vero,  optimi  viri,  ea,  quae  sae- 
pissime  inter  me  et  Scipionem  de  amicitia  disserebantur. 
Quamquam  ille  quidem  nihil  difficilius  esse  dicebat, 
quam  amicitiam  usque  ad  extremum  vitae  diem  i^er-  lo 
manere.  Xam,  vel  ut  non  idem  expediret,  incidere 
saepe,  vel  ut  de  re  publica  non  idem  sentiretur;  mu- 
tari  etiam  mores  hominum  saepe  dicebat,  alias  ad- 
versis  rebus,  alias  aetate  ingravescente.  Atque  earum 
rerum  exemplum  ex  similitudine  capiebat  ineuntis  15 
aetatis,  quod  sumnii  puerorum  amores  saepe  una  cum 
praetexta  toga  ponerentur ;  34.  sin  autem  ad  adule- 
scentiam  perducti  essent,  dirimi  tamen  interdum  con- 
tentioue  vel  uxoriae  condicionis  vel  commodi  alicuius, 
quod  idem  adipisci  uterque  non  posset.  Quod  si  qui  20 
longius  in  amicitia  provecti  essent,  tamen  saepe  labe- 
factari,  si  in  honoris  contentionem  iucidissent ;  pestem 
enim  nullam  maiorem  esse  amicitiis  quam  in  plerisque 
pecuniae  cupiditatem,  in  optimis  quibusque  honoris 
certamen  et  gioriae ;  ex  (pio  inimicitias  maximas  saepe  25 
inter  amicissimos  exstitisse.  35.  Magna  etiam  dis- 
cidia  et  plerumque  iusta  nasci,  cum  aliquid  ab  amicis, 
quod  rectum  non  esset,  postularetur,  ut  aut  libidinis 
ministri  aut  adiutores  essent  ad  iniuriam;  quod  qui 
recusarent,  quamvis  honeste  id  facerent,  ius  tamen  30 
amicitiae  deserere  arguerentur  ab  eis,  quibus  obsequi 
nollent.     Illos  autem,  qui  quidvis  ab  amico  auderent 


16  LAELIUS   DE   AMICmA 

postulare,  postulatione  ipsa  profiteri  onmia  se  amici 
causa  esse  faeturos.  Eorum  querela  inveterata  non 
modo  familiaritates  exstingui  solere,  sed  odia  etiam 
gigni  sem})iterna.     Haec  ita  multa  quasi  fata  impen- 

5  dere  amicitiis,  ut  omnia  subterfugere  non  modo  sapi- 
entiae,  sed  etiam  felicitatis  diceret  sibi  videri. 

XI.  36.  Quam  ob  rem  id  primum  videamus,  si 
placet,  qiiatenus  amor  in  amicitia  progredi  debeat. 
Numne,    si    Coriolanus    habuit    amicos,   ferre    contra 

10  patriam  arma  illi  cum  Coriolano  debuerunt  ?  Num 
Vecellinum  amici  regnum  appetentem,  num  Maelium 
debuerunt  iuvare?  37.  Tib.  quidem  Gracclium  rem 
publicam  vexantem  a  Q.  Tuberone  aequalibusque  ami- 
cis  derelictum  videbamus.     At  C.  Blossius  Cumanus, 

15  hospes  familiae  vestrae,  Scaevola,  cum  ad  me,  quod 
aderam  Laenati  et  Kupilio  consulibus  in  consilio,  de- 
precatum  venisset,  hanc,  ut  sibi  ignoscerem,  causam 
afferebat,  (juod  tanti  Tib.  Gracchum  fecisset,  ut,  quid- 
quid  ille  vellet,  sibi   faciendum  putaret.     Tum  ego : 

20  'Etiamne,  si  te  in  Capitolium  faces  ferre  vellet  ?'  'Num- 
quam,'  inquit,  '  voluisset  id  rpndeni  ;  sed  si  voluisset, 
paruissem.'  Videtis,  quam  nefaria  vox.  Et  hercule 
ita  fecit,  vel  phis  etiam  quani  dixit ;  non  enim  paruit 
ille  Ti.  Gracchi  temeritati,  sed  praefuit,  nec  se  comi- 

25  tem  illius  furoris,  sed  ducem  praebuit.  Itaque  hac 
amentia  (piaestione  nova  perterritus  in  Asiam  profu- 
git,  ad  hostes  se  contulit,  poenas  rei  publicae  graves 
iustasque  persolvit.  Nulla  est  igitur  excusatio  pec- 
cati,  si  amici  causa  peecaveris ;  nam,  cum  conciliatrix 

30  amicitiae  virtutis  opinio  fuerit,  difhcile  est  amicitiam 
manere,  si  a  virtutc^  (k'feceris.  38.  (Juod  si  rectuni 
statuorinnis  vel  concedere  amicis.  ([ui(l([ui(l  vclint.  vel 


CHAPTERS  X.-XII.  17 

impetrare  ab  eis,  quidquid  velimus,  perfecta  quidem 
sapientia  si  simus,  nihil  habeat  res  viti ;  sed  lofjuimur 
de  eis  amicis,  qui  ante  oculos  sunt,  quos  vidimus  aut 
,  de  quibus  memoriam  accepimus,  quos  novit  vita  com- 
munis.  Ex  hoc  numero  nobis  exempla  sumenda  sunt,  5 
et  eorum  quidem  maxime,  qui  ad  sapientiam  proxime 
accedunt.  39.  Videmus  Papum  Aemilium  Luscino 
familiarem  fuisse  (sic  a.patribus  accepimus),  bis  una 
consules,  collegas  in  censura;  tum  et  cum  eis  et  inter 
se  coniunctissimos  fuisse  M'.  Curium,  Ti.  Coruncanium  lO 
memoriae  proditum  est.  Igitur  ne  suspicari  quidem 
possumus  quemquara  horum  ab  amico  quippiam  con- 
tendisse,  quod  contra  fidem,  contra  ius  iurandum, 
contra  vem  publicam  esset.  Nam  hoc  quidem  in  tali- 
bus  viris  quid  attinet  dicere,  si  contendisset,  impetra-  15 
turum  non  fuisse  ?  cum  illi  sanctissimi  viri  f uerint, 
aeque  autem  nefas  sit  tale  aliquid  et  facere  rogatum 
et  rogare.  At  vero  Tib.  Gracchum  sequebantur 
C.  Carbo,  C.  Cato,  et  minime  tum  quidem  C.  frater 
nunc  idem  acerrimus.  20 

XII.  40.  Haec  igitur  lex  in  amicitia  sanciatur,  ut 
neque  rogemus  res  turpes  nec  faciamus  rogati.  Turpis 
enim  excusatio  est  et  minime  accipienda  cum  in  cete- 
ris  peccatis,  tum  si  quis  contra  rem  publicam  se  amici 
causa  fecisse  fateatur.  Etenim  eo  loco,  Fanni  et  Scae-  25 
vola,  locati  siimus,  ut  nos  longe  prospicere  oporteat 
futuros  casus  rei  publicae.  Deflexit  iam  aliquantum 
de  spatio  curriculoque  consuetudo  maiorum.  41.  Tib. 
Gracchus  regnum  occupare  conatus  est,  vel  regnavit 
is  quidem  paucos  menses.  Num  quid  simile  populus  30 
Romanus  audierat  aut  viderat?  Hunc  etiam  post 
mortem  secuti  amici  et  propinqui  quid  in   P.  Scipi- 


18  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

one  effecerint,  sine  lacrimis  non  queo  dicere.  iSTam 
Carbonem,  (juoquo  modo  potuimus,  propter  recentem 
l)oenam  Tib.  Gracchi  sustinuimus ;  de  C.  Gracchi 
autem  tribunatu  quid  exspectem,  non  libet  augurari. 

5  Serpit  clam  ea  res,  quae  proclivis  ad  perniciem,  cum 
semel  coepit,  labitur.  Videtis,  in  tabella  iam  aute 
quanta  sit  facta  labes,  primo  Gabinia  lege,  biennio 
autem  post  Cassia.  Videre  iam  videor  populum  a 
senatu  disiunctum,  multitudinis  arbitrio  res  maximas 

10  agi.  Pbires  enim  discent,  quem  ad  modum  haec  fiant, 
quam  (piem  ad  modum  eis  resistatur.  42.  Quorsum 
haec  ?  Quia  sine  sociis  nemo  quicquam  tale  cona- 
tur.  Praecipiendum  est  igitur  bonis,  ut,  si  in  eius 
modi  amicitias  ignari  casu  aliquo  inciderint,  ne  existi- 

15  ment  ita  se  alligatos,  ut  ab  amicis  in  magna  aliqua  re 
peccantibus  non  discedant ;  improbis  autem  poena  sta- 
tuenda  est,  nec  vero  minor  eis,  qui  secuti  eruut  alte- 
rum,  quam  eis,  qui  ipsi  fuerint  impietatis  duces.  Quis 
chirior  in  Graecia  Themistocle,  (j[iiis  potentior  ?     Qvii 

120  viun  imperator  bello  Persico  servitute  Graeciam  libe- 
ravisset  propterque  invidiam  in  exsilium  expulsus 
esset,  ingratae  patriae  iniuriam  non  tulit,  quam  ferre 
debuit,  fecit  idem,  quod  xx  annis  ante  apud  nos  fece- 
rat  Coriolanus.     His  adiutor  contra  patriam  inventus 

25  est  nemo ;  itaque  mortem  sibi  uterque  conscivit. 
43.  Quare  talis  iiui)r(jl)()rum  consensio  non  modo  excu- 
satione  amicitiae  tegenda  non  est,  sed  potius  siipplicio 
omni  vindicanda  est,  ut  ne  quis  concessum  putet  ami- 
cum  vel  belbuu  patriae  inferenteui  se^iui :  (piod  (luidem, 

30  ut  res  ire  coepit,  haud  scio  an  ali^iuando  futurum  sit. 
]\Iilii  aut(uu  non  uiinori  curae  est,  qualis  res  publica 
pust  mortcm  meam  futura  sit.  quam  qualis  hodie  sit. 


CHAPTEKS   XII.,  XIII.  19 

XIII.  44.  Haec  igitur  prima  lex  amicitiae  sanciatur, 
ut  ab  amicis  honesta  petamus,  amicorum  causa  honesta 
faciamus,  ne  exspectemus  quidem,  dum  rogemur;  stu- 
dium  semper  adsit,  cunctatio  absit;  consilium  verura 
dare  audeamus  libere.  Plurimum  in  amicitia  amicorum  5 
bene  snadentium  valeat  auctoritas,  eaque  et  adhibea- 
tur  ad  monendum  non  modo  aperte,  sed  etiam  acriter, 
si  res  postulabit,  et  adhibitae  pareatur.  45.  Nam 
quibusdam,  quos  audio  sapientes  habitos  in  Graecia, 
placuisse  opinor  mirabilia  quaedam  (sed  nihil  est,  lo 
quod  illi  non  persequantur  argutiis) :  partim  fugi- 
endas  esse  nimias  amicitias,  ne  necesse  sit  unum  sol- 
licitum  esse  pro  pluribus ;  satis  superque  esse  sibi 
suarum  cuique  rernm,  alienis  nimis  implicari  moles- 
tum  esse ;  commodissimum  esse  quam  laxissimas  15 
habenas  habere  amicitiae,  quas  vel  adducas,  cum 
velis,  vel  remittas ;  caput  enim  esse  ad  beate  viven- 
dnm  securitatem,  qua  frui  non  possit  animus,  si  tam- 
quam  parturiat  unus  pro  pluribus.  46.  Alios  autem 
dicere  aiunt  multo  etiam  inhumanius  (quem  locum  20 
breviter  paulo  ante  perstrinxi)  praesidi  adiumentique 
causa,  non  benevolentiae  neque  caritatis  amicitias  esse 
expetendas ;  itaque,  ut  quisque  minimum  firmitatis 
haberet  minimumque  viriuni,  ita  amicitias  appetere 
maxime ;  ex  eo  fieri,  ut  mulierculae  magis  amicitia-  25 
nim  praesidia  quaerant  qi;am  viri  et  inopes  quam 
opulenti  et  calamitosi  quam  ei,  qui  putentur  beati. 
47.  0  praeclaram  sapientiam !  Solem  enim  e  mundo 
tollere  videntur,  qui  amicitiam  e  vita  tollunt,  qua 
nihil  a  dis  immortalibus  melius  habemus,  niliil  iucun-  30 
dius.  Quae  est  enim  ista  securitas  ?  Specie  quidem 
blanda,  sed  reapse  multis  locis  repudianda.     Neque 


20  LAELIU8   DE   AMICITIA 

enira  est  consentaneum  ullam  honestam  rem  actio- 
nemve,  ne  sollicitus  sis,  aut  non  suscipere  aut  suscep- 
tam  deponere.  Quod  si  curam  f  ugimus,  virtus  f  ugienda 
est,  quae  necesse  est  cum  aliqua  cura  res  sibi  contra- 

5  rias  aspernetur  atque  oderit,  \it  bonitas  malitiam,  tem- 
perantia  libidinem,  ignaviam  fortitudo ;  itaque  videas 
rebus  iniustis.iustos  maxime  dolere,  imbellibus  fortes, 
flagitiosis  modestos.  Ergo  hoc  proprium  est  animi 
bene  constitiiti,  et  laetari  bonis  rebus  et  dolere  con- 

10  trariis.  48.  Quam  ob  rem,  si  cadi't  in  sapientem 
animi  dolor,  qui  profecto  cadit,  nisi  ex  eius  animo 
exstirpatam  humanitatem  arljitramur,  quae  causa  est, 
cur  amicitiam  funditus  tollamus  e  vita,  ne  aliquas 
propter  eam  suscipiamus  molestias  ?     Quid  enim  in- 

15  terest  motu  animi  siiblato  non  dico  inter  pecudem  et 
hominem,  sed  inter  hominem  et  truncum  aut  saxum 
aut  quidvis  generis  eiusdem?  iSTeque  enim  sunt  isti 
audiendi,  qui  virtutem  duram  et  quasi  ferream  esse 
quandam    volunt ;    quae   quidem   est   cum    multis   in 

20  rebus,  tuiu  in  amicitia  tenera  atque  tractabilis,  ut  et 
bonis  amici  (^uasi  diffundatur  et  incommodis  contra- 
hatur.  Quam  ob  rem  angor  iste,  qui  pro  amico  saepe 
capieudus  est,  non  tantum  valet,  ut  tollat  e  vita  ami- 
citiam,  non  plus  quam  ut  virtutes,  quia  non  nullas 

25  curas  et  molestias  afferunt,  repudientur. 

XIV'.  Cum  autem  contrahat  amicitiam,  ut  supra 
dixi,  si  qua  signiticatio  virtutis  ehiceat,  ad  quam  se 
similis  animus  applicet  et  adiungat,  id  cum  coutigit, 
amor  exoriatur  necesse  est.       49.  Quid  enim  tam  ab- 

30  surdum  quam  deleetari  multis  iuanimis  rebus,  ut 
honore,  ut  gloria,  ut  aedificio,  ut  vestitu  cultuque 
corporis,  animante  virtute  praedito,  eo  qui  vel  amare 


CHAPTERS   XIII.,  XIV.  21 

vel,  ut  ita  dicam,  redamare  possit,  non  admodvim  de- 
lectari  ?  Nihil  est  enim  remuneratione  benevolentiae, 
nihil  vicissitudine  studiorum  officiorumque  iucundius. 
50.  Quid,  si  illud  etiam  addiinus,  quod  recte  addi 
potest,  nihil  esse,  quod  ad  se  rem  ullam  tam  alliciat  5 
et  tam  trahat  quam  ad  amicitiam  similitudo  ?  conce- 
detur  profecto  verum  esse,  ut  bonos  boni  diligant 
asciscantque  sibi  quasi  propinquitate  coniunctos  at- 
que  uatura.  Nihil  est  enim  appetentius  similium 
sui  nec  rapacius  quam  natura.  Quam  ob  reni  hoc  lo 
cpudeni,  Fanni  et  Scaevola,  constet,  ut  opinor,  bonis 
inter  bonos  quasi  necessariam  benevolentiam,  qui  est 
amicitiae  fons  a  natura  constitutus.  Sed  eadem  boni- 
tas  etiam  ad  multitudinem  pertinet.  Non  enim  est 
inhumana  virtus  neque  immunis  neque  superba,  quae  15 
etiam  populos  universos  tueri  eisque  optime  consulere 
soleat ;  quod  non  faceret  profecto,  si  a  caritate  vulgi 
abhorreret.  51.  Atque  etiam  milii  quidem  videntur, 
qui  utilitatis  causa  fingunt  amicitias,  amabilissimum 
nodum  amicitiae  tollere.  Non  enim  tam  utilitas  parta  20 
per  amicum  quam  amici  amor  ipse  delectat,  tumque 
illud  fit,  quod  ab  amico  est  profectum,  iucundum,  si 
cum  studio  est  profectum ;  tantumque  abest,  ut  ami- 
citiae  propter  indigentiam  coLantur,  ut  ei,  qui  opibus 
et  copiis  maximeque  virtute,  in  qua  plurimum  est  25 
praesidi,  minime  alterius  indigeant,  liberalissimi  sint 
et  beneficentissimi.  Atque  haud  sciam  an  ne  opus  sit 
quidem  niliil  umquam  omnino  deesse  amicis.  Ubi 
enim  studia  nostra  viguissent,  si  numquam  consilio, 
numquam  opera  nostra  nec  domi  nec  militiae  Scipio  30 
eguisset  ?  Non  igitur  utilitatem  amicitia,  sed  utilitas 
amicitiam  secuta  est. 


22  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

XV.  52.  Non  ergo  erunt  homines  deliciis  diffln- 
entes  audiendi,  si  (juando  de  aniicitia,  quani  nec  usu 
nec  ratione  liabent  cognitam,  disputabunt.  Nam  quis 
est  (pro  deorum  lidem  atque  liominuni)  qui  velit,  ut 

5  neque  diligat  quemquam  nec  ipse  ab  ullo  diligatur, 
circumfluere  omnibus  copiis  atque  in  omnium  rerum 
abundantia  vivere  ?  Haec  enim  est  tyrannorum  \'ita 
nimirum,  iu  qua  nulla  tides,  nulla  caritas,  nulla  sta- 
bilis  benevolentiae  potest  esse  fiducia,  omnia  semper 

10  suspecta  atque  sollicita,  nullus  locus  amicitiae. 
53.  Quis  enim  aut  eum  diligat,  quem  metuat,  aut 
eum,  a  quo  se  nietui  putet?  Coluntur  tamen  simu- 
latione  dumtaxat  ad  tempus.  Quod  si  forte,  ut  fit 
plerumque,  ceciderunt,  tum  intellegitur,  quam  fuerint 

15  inopes  amicorum.  Quod  Tarquinium  dixisse  ferunt, 
tum  exsulantem  se  intellexisse,  quos  fidos  amicos 
habuisset,  quos  infidos,  cum  iam  neutris  gratiam  re- 
ferre  posset.  54.  Quamquam  miror,  illa  superbia 
et  importunitate  si  quem(|uam  amicum  habere  potuit. 

20  At(|ue  ut  huius,  (piem  dixi,  mores  veros  amicos  parare 
non  Yjotuerunt,  sic  multorum  opes  praepotentium  ex- 
chulunt  amicitias  fideles.  Non  enim  sohim  ipsa 
Fortuna  caeca  est,  sed  eos  etiam  plerumque  efficit 
caecos,    quos   conplexa    est;    itaque    efferuntur   fere 

25  fastidio  et  contumacia,  nec  quicquam  insipiente  for- 
tunato  intolerabilivis  fieri  potest.  Atque  hoc  qui- 
dem  videre  licet,  eos,  qui  antea  commodis  fuerint 
moribus,  imperio,  potestate,  prosperis  rebus  immu- 
tari,  sperni  ab  eis  veteres  amicitias,  indulgeri  novis. 

30  55.  Quid  autem  stultius  quam,  cum  phirimum  copiis, 
facultatibus,  opibus  possint,  cetera  parare,  (|uae  pa- 
rantur  pccunia,  equos,  fanndos,  vestem  egregiam,  vasa 


CHAPTERS  XV.,  XVI.  23 

pretiosa,  amicos  non  parare,  optiniam  et  pulcherri- 
mam  vitae,  iit  ita  dicam,  supellectilem?  etenim  cetera 
cum  parant,  cui  parent,  nesciunt,  nec  cuius  causa 
laborent  (eius  enim  est  istorum  quidque,  qvii  vicit 
viribus),  amicitiarum  sua  cuique  permanet  stabilis  et  5 
certa  possessio;  ut,  etiamsi  illa  maneant,  quae  sunt 
quasi  dona  Fortunae,  tamen  vita  inculta  et  deserta  ab 
amicis  non  possit  esse  iucunda.     Sed  haec  hactenus. 

XVI.      56.    Constituendi   autem   sunt,   qui  sint  in 
amicitia  fines  et  quasi  termini  diligendi.      De   qui-  lo 
bus  tres  video  sententias  ferri,  quarum  nullam  probo, 
unara,  ut  eodem  modo  erga  amicura  affecti  simus,  quo 
erga  nosmet  ipsos,  alteram,  ut  nostra  in  amicos  bene- 
volentia  illorum  erga  nos  benevolentiae  pariter  aequa- 
literque  respondeat,   tertiam,  ut,  quanti  quisque  se  15 
ipse  faciat,  tanti  fiat  ab  araicis.       57.  Harum  trium 
sententiarum  nulli  prorsus  assentior.     Nec  enira  illa 
prima  vera  est,  ut,  quem  ad  modum  in  se  quisque  sit, 
sic  in  araicum  sit  animatus.     Quam  raulta  enini,  quae 
nostra  causa  numquani  faceremus,  faciraus  causa  arai-  20 
corum!  precari  ab  indigno,  supplicare,  tum  acerbius 
in  aliquera  invehi  insectarique  veheraentius,  quae  in 
nostris   rebus  non   satis   lioneste,   in  araicorura  fiunt 
honestissime;  multaeque  res  sunt,  in  quibus  de  suis 
commodis  viri  boni  multa  detrahunt  detrahique  pati-  25 
untur,    ut    eis    amici    potius    quara    ipsi    fruantur. 
58.  Altera  sententia  est,  quae  definit  amicitiara  pari- 
bus  ofiiciis  ac  voluntatibus.     Hoc  quidera  est  nimis 
exigue  et  exiliter  ad  calculos  vocare  amicitiam,  ut 
par  sit  ratio  acceptorum  et  datorura.     Divitior  raihi  30 
et  affluentior  videtur  esse  vera  araicitia  nec  observare 
restricte,  ne  plus  reddat  quam  acceperit;  neque  enim 


24  LAELirS   DE   AMICITIA 

verendum  est,  ne  quid  excidat,  aut  ne  quid  in  ten-am 
defluat,  aut  ne  plus  aequo  quid  in  amicitiam  congera- 
tur.  59.  Tertius  vero  ille  tinis  deterrimus,  ut, 
quanti   quisque   se   ipse   faciat,   tanti  flat  ab  amicis. 

5  Saepe  enim  in  quibusdam  aut  animus  abiectior  est 
aut  spes  amplificandae  fortunae  fractior.  Xon  est 
igitur  amici  talem  esse  in  eum,  qualis  ille  in  se  est, 
sed  potius  eniti  et  efficere,  ut  amici  iacentem  animum 
excitet   inducatque  in  spem  cogitationemque    melio- 

10  rem.  Alius  igitur  finis  verae  amieitiae  constituen- 
dus  est,  si  prius,  quid  maxime  reprehendere  Scipio 
solitus  sit,  dixero.  Negabat  ullam  vocem  inimicio- 
rem  amicitiae  potuisse  reperiri  quam  eius,  qui  dixis- 
set  ita  amare  oportere,  ut  si  aliquando  esset  osurus; 

15  nec  vero  se  adduci  posse,  ut  lioc,  quem  ad  modum 
putaretur,  a  Biante  esse  dictum  crederet,  qui  sapiens 
habitus  esset  unus  e  septem;  impuri  cuiusdam  aut 
ambitiosi  aut  omnia  ad  suam  potentiani  revocantis 
esse  sententiam.     Quonam  enim  modo  quisquam  ami- 

20  cus  esse  poterit  ei,  cui  se  putabit  inimicum  esse 
posse?  quin  etiam  necesse  erit  cupere  et  optare,  ut 
quam  saepissime  peccet  amicus,  quo  plures  det  sibi 
tamquam  ansas  ad  reprehendendum ;  riirsum  autcm 
recte  factis  commodisque  amicorum  necesse  erit  angi, 

25  dolere,  invidere.  60.  Quare  hoc  quidem  praecep- 
tum,  cuiuscumque  est,  ad  tollendam  amicitiam  valet; 
illud  potius  }iraeci))iendum  fuit,  ut  eam  diligentiam 
adhiberemus  in  a-micitiis  comparandis,  ut  ne  quando 
amarc  incii^eremus  euni,  quem  aliquando  odisse  pos- 

30  semus.  Quin  etiam,  si  niinus  felices  in  diligendo 
fuissenuis,  ferendum  id  Scipio  potius  (puun  iuimici- 
tiarum  tem}ms  cogitandum  putabat. 


CHAPTEKS  XVI.,  XVII.  25 

XVII.     61.    His  igitur  finibus  utendum  arbitror, 
ut,  cum  emendati  mores  amicorum  sint,  tum  sit  inter 
eos  omnium  rerum,  consiliorum,  voluntatum  sine  ulla 
exceptione  communitas,  ut  etiam,  si  qua  fortuna  acci- 
derit  ut  minus  iustae  amicorum  voluntates  adiuvan-    5 
dae  sint,  in  quibus  eorum  aut  caput  agatur  aut  fama, 
declinandum  de  via  sit,  modo  ne  summa  turpitudo 
sequatur;    est  enim,    quatenus  amicitiae  dari  venia 
possit.     Nec  vero  neglegenda  est  fama,  nec  mediocre 
telum  ad  res  gerendas  existimare  oportet  benevolen-  lO 
tiam  civium;  quani  blanditiis  et  assentando  colligere 
turpe    est;    virtus,    quam    sequitur    caritas,    minime 
repudianda  est.       62.   Sed  (saepe  enim  redeo  ad  Sci- 
pionem,  cuius  omnis  sermo  erat  de  amicitia)  quere- 
batur,  quod  omnibus  in  rebus  homines  diligentiores  15 
essent;   capras  et  oves  quot  quisque  haberet,  dicere 
posse,  amicos  quot  liaberet,  non  posse  dicere,   et  in 
illis  quidem  parandis  adhibere  curam,  in  amicis  eli- 
gendis  neglegentis  esse  nec  habere  quasi  signa  quae- 
dam   et  notas,    quibus  eos,    qui  ad  amicitias  essent  20 
idonei,    iudicarent.     Sunt  igitur  firmi  et  stabiles  et 
constantes  eligendi;  cuius  generis  est  magna  penuria. 
Et  iudicare  difficile  est  sane  nisi  expertum;  experi- 
endum   autem  est  in  ipsa  amicitia.     Ita   praecurrit 
amicitia    iudicium   tollitque   experiendi    potestatem.  25 
63.    Est   igitur   prudentis   sustinere   ut   cursum,    sic 
impetum    benevoleutiae,     quo    utamur    quasi    equis 
temptatis,  sic  amicitiis   ex   aliqua  parte  periclitatis 
moribus  amicorvim.     Quidam  saepe  in  parva  pecunia 
perspiciuntur  quam  sint  leves,   quidam  autem,   quos  30 
parva   movere   non   potuit,   cognoscuntur  in  magna. 
Sint    vero    aliqui    reperti,    qui    pecuniam    praeferre 


26  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITLA. 

amicitiae  sordidum  existiment,  ubi  eos  iuveniemus, 
qui  honores,  magistratus,  imperia,  potestates,  opes 
amicitiae  non  anteponant,  ut,  cum  ex  altera  parte 
proposita  haec  sint,  ex  altera  ius  amicitiae,  non  multo 

5  illa  malint?  Imbecilla  enim  est  natura  ad  contem- 
nendam  potentiam;  quam  etiamsi  neglecta  amicitia 
consecuti  sint,  obscuratum  iri  arbitrantur,  quia  non 
sine  magna  causa  sit  neglecta  amicitia.  64.  Itaque 
verae  amicitiae  difficillime  reperiuntur  in  eis,  qui  in 

10  honoribus  reque  publiea  versantur;  ubi  enim  istum 
invenias,  qui  honorem  amici  anteponat  suo?  Quid? 
haec  ut  omittam,  quam  graves,  quam  difficiles  pleris- 
que  videntur  ealamitatum  societates!  ad  quas  non  est 
facile  inventu  qui  descendant.      Quamquam  Ennius 

15  recte: 

Amicus  certus  fn  re  incerta  c^rnitur, 

tamen  haec  duo  levitatis  et  infirmitatis  plerosque 
convincunt:  aut  in  bonis  rebus  contemnunt  aut  in 
malis  deserunt. 

20  XVIII.  Qui  igitur  utraque  in  re  gravem,  constan- 
tem,  stabilem  se  in  amicitia  praestiterit,  hunc  ex 
maxime  raro  genere  hominum  iudicare  debemus  et 
paene  divino. 

65.  rirmamentum  autem   stabilitatis   constantiae- 

25  que  eius,  quam  in  amicitia  (piaerimus,  fides  est; 
nihil  est  enim  stabile,  quod  infidum  est.  Simplicem 
praeterea  et  communem  et  consentientem,  id  est  qui 
rebus  isdem  moveatur,  eligi  par  est,  quae  omnia  per- 
tinent  ad  fidelitatem;  neque  enim  fidum  potest  esse 

30  multiplex  ingenium  et  tortuosum,  neque  vero,  qui 
non  isdem  rebus  movetur  naturaque  consentit,    aut 


CHAPTERS  XVII.-XIX.  27 

lidus  aut  stabilis  potest  esse.  Addendum  eodem  est, 
ut  ne  crimiuibus  aut  inferendis  delectetui-  aut  credat 
oblatis,  quae  pertinent  omnia  ad  eam,  quam  iam  du- 
dum  tracto,  constantiam.  Ita  tit  verum  illud,  quod 
initio  dixi,  amicitiam  nisi  inter  bonos  esse  non  5 
posse.  Est  enim  boni  viri,  quem  eundem  sapientem 
licet  dicere,  liaec  duo  tenere  in  amicitia:  primum  ne 
quid  fictum  sit  neve  simulatum;  aperte  enim  vel  odisse 
magis  ingenui  est  quam  fronte  occultare  sententiam; 
deinde  non  solum  ab  aliquo  allatas  criminationes  re-  lO 
pellere,  sed  ne  ipsum  quidem  esse  suspiciosum,  sem- 
per  aliquid  existimantem  ab  amico  esse  violatum. 
66.  Accedat  huc  suavitas  quaedam  oportet  sermonum 
atque  morum,  haudquaquam  mediocre  condimentum 
amicitiae.  Tristitia  autem  et  in  omni  re  severitas  i'> 
habet  illa  quidem  gravitatem,  sed  amicitia  remissior 
esse  debet  et  liberior  et  dulcior  et  ad  omnem  comita- 
tem  facilitateiuque  proclivior. 

XIX.   67.  Exsistit  autem  lioc  loco  quaedam  quaestio 
subdifficilis,  num  quando  amici  novi,  digni  amicitia,   20 
veteribus  siut  anteponendi,  ut  equis  vetulis  teneros 
anteponere  solemus.    Indigna  liomine  dubitatio!    Non 
enim  debent  esse  amicitiarum   sicut  aliarum   rerum 
satietates ;  veterrima  quaeque,  ut  ea  vina,  quae  vetus- 
tatem  ferunt,  esse  debet  suavissima;  verumque  illud  25 
est,  quod  dicitur,  niultos  modios  salis  simul  edendos 
esse,  ut  amicitiae  munus  expletum  sit.       68.  Novi- 
tates  autem  si  spem  afferunt,  ut  tamquam  in  herbis 
non  fallacibus  fructus  appareat,  non  sunt  illae  quidem 
repudiandae,   vetustas  tamen  suo  loco  conservanda;  30 
maxima  est   enim   vis   vetustatis    et    consuetudinis. 
Quin  in  ipso   equo,    cuius   modo  feci  mentionem,   si 


28  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

uulla  res  iiui^ediat,  uemo  est,  quiii  eo,  quo  consuevit, 
libeutius  utatur  quain  intractato  et  novo.  Nec  vero 
in  lioc,  quod  est  animal,  sed  in  eis  etiam,  quae  sunt 
inanima,  consuetudo  valet,  cum  locis   ipsis  delecte- 

5  mur,  montuosis  etiam  et  silvestribus,  in  quibus  diu- 
tius  commorati  sumus. 

69.  Sed  maximum  est  in  amicitia  parem  esse  infe- 
riori.  Saepe  enim  excellentiae  quaedam  sunt,  qualis 
erat  Scipionis  in  nostro,  ut  ita  dicam,  grege.     Nuni- 

10  quam  se  ille  Philo,  numquam  Rupilio,  numquam 
Mummio  anteposuit,  numquam  inferioris  ordinis  ami- 
cis,  Q.  vero  Maximum  fratrem,  egregium  virum  om- 
nino,  sibi  nequaquam  parem,  quod  is  auteibat  aetate, 
tamquam  superiorem  colebat  suosque  omnes  per  se 

15  posse  esse  ampliores  volebat.  70.  Quod  faciendum 
imitandumque  est  omnibus,  ut,  si  quam  praestantiam 
virtutis,  ingeni,  fortunae  consecuti  sint,  impertiant 
ea  suis  communicentque  cum  proximis,  ut,  si  parenti- 
bus  nati  sint  liumilibus,  si  propinquos  liabeant  imbe- 

20  cilliore  vel  animo  vel  fortuna,  eorum  augeant  opes 
eisque  lionori  sint  et  dignitati.  Ut  in  fabulis,  qui 
aliquamdiu  propter  ignorationem  stirpis  et  generis  in 
famulatu  fuerunt,  cum  cogniti  sunt  et  avit  deorum  aut 
regum  lilii  inventi,  retmeut  tamen  caritatem  lu  pas- 

25  tores,  quos  patres  multos  annos  esse  duxerunt.  Quod 
est  multo  profecto  magis  in  veris  patribus  certisque 
faciendum.  Fructus  enim  ingeni  et  virtutis  omnis- 
que  praestantiae  tum  maximus  capitur,  cum  iu  proxi- 
mum  quemque  confertur. 

.30  XX.  71.  Ut  igitur  ei,  qui  sunt  in  amicitiae  cou- 
iunctionisque  necessitudine  superiores,  exaequare  se 
cum  inferioribus  debent,  sic  inferiores  non  dolere  se 


CHAPTERS   XIX.,  XX.  29 

a  suis  aut  ingenio  aut  fortuna  aut  dignitate  superari. 
Quoruni  plerique  aut  queruntur  semper  aliquid  aut 
etiam  exprobrant,  eoque  niagis,  si  liabere  se  putant, 
quod  officiose  et  amice  et  cum  labore  aliquo  suo  fac- 
tum  queant  dicere.  Odiosum  sane  genus  hominum  5 
officia  exprobrantium ;  quae  meminisse  debet  is,  in 
quem  collata  sunt,  non  commemorare,  qui  contulit. 
72.  Quam  ob  rem,  ut  ei,  qui  superiores  sunt,  sum- 
mittere  se  debent  in  amicitia,  sic  quodam  modo  infe- 
riores  extollere.  Sunt  enim  quidam,  qui  molestas  10 
amicitias  faciunt,  cum  ipsi  se  contemni  putant;  quod 
non  fere  contingit  nisi  eis,  qui  etiam  contemnendos 
se  arbitrantur;  qui  liac  opinione  non  modo  verbis, 
sed  etiam  opera  levandi  sunt.  73.  Tantuna  autem 
cuique  tribuendum,  primum  quantum  ipse  efficere  15 
possis,  deinde  etiam  quantum  ille,  quem  diligas  at- 
qiie  adiuves,  sustinere.  Non  enim  neque  tu  possis, 
quamvis  excellas,  omnes  tuos  ad  honores  amplissimos 
perducere,  ut  Scipio  P.  Eupilium  potuit  consulem 
efficere,  fratrem  eius  L.  non  potuit.  Quodsi  etiam  20 
possis  quidvis  deferre  ad  alterum,  videndum  est  ta- 
men,  quid  ille  possit  sustinere. 

74.  Omnino  amicitiae  corroboratis  iam  confirmatis- 
que  et  ingeniis  et  aetatibus  iudicandae  sunt,  nec,  si 
qui  ineunte  aetate  venandi  aut  pilae  studiosi  fue-  25 
runt,  eos  habere  necessarios,  quos  tum  eodem  stndio 
praeditos  dilexerunt.  Isto  enim  modo  nutrices  et 
paedagogi  iure  vetustatis  phirimum  benevolentiae  pos- 
tulabunt;  qui  neglegendi  quidem  non  sunt,  sed  alio 
quodam  modo  aestimandi.  Aliter  amicitiae  stabiles  30 
permanere  non  possunt.  Dispares  enim  mores  dispa- 
ria  studia  sequuntur,  quorum  dissimilitudo  dissociat 


30  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

amicitias;  nec  ob  aliam  causam  ullam  boui  improbis, 
improbi  bonis  amici  esse  non  possunt,  nisi  quod  tanta 
est  inter  eos,  quanta  maxima  potest  esse,  morum  stu- 
cliorumque    distantia.         75.     Recte    etiam    praecipi 

5  potest  in  amicitiis,  ne  intemperata  quaedam  benevo- 
lentia,  quod  persaepe  fit,  impediat  magnas  utilitates 
amicorum.  Nec  enim,  ut  ad  fabulas  redeam,  Troiam 
Neoptolemus  capere  potuisset,  si  Lycomedem,  apud 
quem  erat  educatiis,  multis  cum  lacrimis  iter  suum 

10  impedientem  audire  voluisset.  Et  saepe  incidunt 
magnae  res,  ut  discedendum  sit  ab  amicis;  quas 
qui  impedire  vult,  quod  desiderium  nou  facile  ferat, 
is  et  infirmus  est  mollisque  natura  et  ob  eam  ipsam 
causam  in  amicitia  parum   iustus.        76.    Atque   in 

15  omni  re  considerandum  est,  et  quid  postules  ab  amico 
et  quid  patiare  a  te  impetrari. 

XXI.  Est  etiam  quaedam  calamitas  in  amicitiis 
dimittendis  non  numquam  necessaria;  iam  enim  a 
sapientium  familiaritatibus  ad  vulgares  amicitias  ora- 

20  tio  nostra  delabitur.  Erumpunt  saepe  vitia  amico- 
rum  tum  in  ipsos  amicos,  tum  in  alienos,  quorum 
tamen  ad  amicos  redundet  infamia.  Tales  igitur 
amicitiae  sunt  remissione  usus  solvendae  et,  ut  Cato- 
nem  dicere   audivi,    dissuendae  magis   quam  disciu- 

25  dendae,  nisi  quaedam  admodum  intolerabilis  iniuria 
exarserit,  ut  neque  rectum  neque  honestum  sit  nec 
fieri  possit,  ut  non  statim  alienatio  disiunctioque 
facienda  sit.  77.  Sin  autem  aut  morum  aut  studio- 
rum   commutatio  quaedam,   ut  fieri  solet,   facta  erit 

30  aut  iu  rei  publicae  partibus  dissensio  intercesserit 
(loquor  enim  iam,  ut  paulo  ante  dixi,  non  de  sapi- 
entivim,  sed  de  communibus  amicitii.s),  cavendum  erit, 


CHAPTERS   XX.,   XXI.  31 

ne  non  solum  amicitiae  depositae,  sed  etiam  inimi- 
eitiae  susceptae  videautur.  Xihil  enim  est  turpius 
quam  cum  eo  bellum  gerere,  quocum  familiariter  vixe- 
ris.  Ab  amicitia  Q.  Pompei  meo  nomine  se  remove- 
rat,  ut  scitis,  Scipio;  propter  dissensionem  autem,  quae  5 
erat  in  re  publica,  alienatus  est  a  coUega  nostro  Me- 
tello;  utrumque  egit  graviter,  at  cum  bonitate  et  offen- 
sione  animi  non  acerba.  78.  Quam  ob  rem  primum 
danda  opera  est,  ne  qua  amicorum  discidia  fiant;  sin 
tale  aliquid  evenerit,  ut  exstinctae  potius  amicitiae  lo 
quam  oppressae  esse  videantur.  Cavendum  vero,  ne 
etiam  in  graves  inimicitias  convertant  se  amicitiae; 
ex  quibus  iurgia,  maledicta,  contumeliae  gignuntur. 
Quae  tamen  si  tolerabiles  erunt,  ferendae  sunt,  et  hic 
honos  veteri  amicitiae  tribuendus,  ut  is  in  culpa  sit,  15 
qui  faciat,  non  is,  qui  patiatur  iniuriam. 

Omnino  omnium  horum  vitiorum  atque  incommo- 
dorum  una  cautio  est  atque  una  provisio,  ut  ne  nimis 
cito  diligere  incipiant  neve  non  dignos.  79.  Digni 
autem  sunt  amicitia,  quibus  in  ipsis  inest  causa,  cur  20 
diligantur.  Rarum  genus.  Et  quidem  omnia  prae- 
clara  rara,  nec  quicquam  difficilius  quam  reperire, 
quod  sit  omni  ex  parte  in  suo  genere  perfectum.  Sed 
plerique  neque  in  rebus  humanis  quicquam  bonum 
norunt,  nisi  quod  fructuosum  sit,  et  amicos  tamquam  25 
pecudes  eos  potissimum  diligunt,  ex  quibus  sperant 
se  maximum  fructum  esse  capturos.  80.  Ita  pul- 
cherrima  illa  et  maxime  naturali  carent  amicitia  per 
se  et  propter  se  expetita  nec  ipsi  sibi  exemplo  sunt, 
haec  vis  amicitiae  et  qualis  et  qua-nta  sit.  Ipse  enim  30 
se  quisque  diligit,  non  ut  aliquam  a  se  ipse  mercedem 
exigat   caritatis  suae,    sed  quod  per  se  sibi  quisque 


32  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

carus  est.  Quod  nisi  idem  in  amicitiam  transferetur, 
verus  amicus  numquam  reperietur;  est  enim  is,  qui 
est  tamquam  alter  idem.  81.  Quodsi  lioc  apparet  in 
bestiis,    volucribus,    nantibus,    agrestibus,    cicuribus, 

5  feris,  primum  ut  se  ipsae  diligant  (id  enim  pariter 
cum  omni  animante  nascitur),  deinde  ut  requirant 
atque  appetant,  ad  quas  se  applicent  eiusdem  generis 
animantis,  idque  faciunt  cum  desiderio  et  cum  qua- 
dem  similitudine  amoris  humani,  quanto   id   magis 

10  in  homine  fit  natura,  qui  et  se  ipse  diligit  et  alterum 
anquirit,  cuius  animum  ita  cum  suo  misceat,  ut  effi- 
ciat  paene  unum  ex  duobus ! 

XXII.    82.   Sed  plerique  perverse,  ne  dicam  impii- 
denter,  habere  talem  amicum  volunt,  quales  ipsi  esse 

15  non  possuut,  quaeque  ipsi  non  tribuunt  amicis,  haec 
ab  eis  desiderant.  Par  est  autem  primum  ipsum  esse 
virum  bonum,  tum  alterum  similem  sui  quaerere.  In 
talibus  ea,  quam  iam  dudum  tractamus,  stabilitas 
amicitiae  confirmari  potest,  cum  homines  benevolen- 

20  tia  coniuncti  primum  cupiditatibus  eis,  quibus  ceteri 
serviunt,  imperabunt,  deinde  aequitate  iustitiaque 
gaudebunt,  omniaque  alter  pro  altero  suscipiet,  neque 
quicquam  umquam  nisi  honestum  et  rectum  alter  ab 
altero  postulabit,  neque  solum  colent  inter  se  ac  dili- 

25  gent,  sed  etiam  verebuntur.  Nam  maximum  orna- 
mentum  amicitiae  tollit,  qui  ex  ea  tollit  verecundiam. 
83.  Itaque  in  eis  perniciosus  est  error,  qui  existi- 
mant  lubidinum  peccatorumque  omnium  patere  in 
amicitia  licentiam;  virtutum  amicitia  adiutrix  a  na- 

30  tura  data  est,  nou  vitiorum  comes,  ut,  quoniam  soli- 
taria  non  posset  virtus  ad  ea,  quae  summa  sunt, 
pervenire,  coniuncta  et  consociata  cum  altera  perve- 


CHAPTERS  XXI.-XXIII.  33 

niret.  Quae  si  quos  inter  societas  aut  est  aut  fuit 
aut  futura  est,  eorum  est  habendus  ad  summuui 
naturae  bonum  optimus  beatissimusque  comitatus. 
84.  Haec  est,  inquam,  societas,  in  qua  omnia  insunt, 
quae  putant  homines  expetenda,  honestas,  gloria,  5 
tranquillitas  animi  atque  iucunditas,  ut  et,  cum  haec 
adsint,  beata  vita  sit  et  sine  his  esse  non  possit. 
Quod  cum  optimum  maximumque  sit,  si  id  volumus 
adipisci,  virtuti  opera  danda  est,  sine  qua  nec  ami- 
citiam  neque  ullam  rem  expetendam  consequi  pos-  lO 
sumus;  ea  vero  neglecta  qui  se  amicos  habere 
arbitrantur,  tum  se  denique  errasse  sentiunt,  cum 
eos  gravis  aliquis  casus  experiri  cogit.  85.  Quo- 
circa  (dicendum  est  enim  saepius),  cum  iudicaris, 
diligere  oportet,  non,  cum  dilexeris,  iudicare.  Sed'  15 
cum  multis  in  rebus  neglegentia  plectimur,  tum 
maxime  in  amicis  et  deligendis  et  colendis;  prae- 
posteris  enim  utimur  consiliis  et  acta  agimus,  quod 
vetamur  vetere  proverbio.  Xam  implicati  ultro  et 
citro  vel  usu  diuturno  vel  etiam  officiis,  repente  in  20 
medio  cursu  amicitias  exorta  aliqua  oifensione  di- 
rumpimus. 

XXIII.  86.  Quo  etiam  magis  vituperanda  est  rei 
maxime  necessariae  tanta  incuria.  Una  est  enim 
amicitia  in  rebus  humanis,  de  cuius  utilitate  omnes  25 
uno  ore  consentiunt.  Quamquam  a  multis  virtus 
ipsa  contemnitur  et  venditatio  quaedam  atque  osten- 
tatio  esse  dicitur;  multi  divitias  despiciunt,  quos 
parvo  contentos  tenuis  victus  cultusque  delectat;  ho- 
nores  vero,  quorum  cupiditate  quidam  inflamraantur,  30 
quam  multi  ita  contemnunt,  ut  niliil  inanius,  niliil 
esse  levius  existimentl  itemque  cetera,  quae  quibus- 


34  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

dam  admimbilia  videiitur,  permulti  suut  qui  pro 
nihilo  puteiit;  de  amicitia  omnes  ad  unum  idem  sen- 
tiunt,  et  ei,  qui  ad  rem  publicam  se  contulerunt,  et 
ei,  qui  rerum  cognitione  doctrinaque  delectantur,  et 

5  ei,  qui  suum  negotium  gerunt  otiosi,  postremo  ei,  qui 
se  totos  tradideruut  voluptatibus,  sine  amicitia  vitam 
esse  nullam,  si  modo  velint  aliqua  ex  parte  liberali- 
ter  vivere.  87.  Serpit  enim  nescio  quo  niodo  per 
omnium   vitas  amicitia  nec   ullam  aetatis   degendae 

10  rationem  patitur  esse  expertem  sui.  Quin  etiam 
si  quis  asperitate  ea  est  et  immanitate  naturae,  con- 
gressus  ut  hominum  fugiat  atque  oderit,  qualem  fu- 
isse  Athenis  Timonem  nescio  quem  accepimus,  tamen 
is  pati  non  possit,    ut  non  anquirat  aliquem,   apud 

15  quem  evomat  virus  acerbitatis  suae.  Atque  hoc  max- 
ime  iudicaretur,  si  quid  tale  posset  contingere,  ut  ali- 
quis  nos  deus  ex  hac  hominum  frequentia  tolleret  et 
in  solitudine  uspiam  collocaret  atque  ibi  supi^editans 
omnii;m  rerum,  quas  natura  desiderat,  abuudantiam 

20  et  copiam  hominis  omnino  aspiciendi  potestatem  eri- 
peret.  Quis  tam  esset  ferreus,  qui  eam  vitam  ferre 
posset,  cuique  non  auferret  fructum  vohiptatum  om- 
nium  solitudo?  88.  Verum  ergo  illud  est,  quod  a 
Tarentino  Archyta,   ut  oj^inor,   dici   solitum  nostros 

25  senes  commemorare  audivi  ab  aliis  senibus  auditum : 
'st  quis  in  caeluni  ascendisset  naturamque  numdi  et 
pidchritudinem  siderum  perspexisset,  insuavem  illam 
admirationem  ei  fore;  quae  incundissima  fuisset,  si 
aliqnem,   cui  narraret,   habuisset.'     Sic  natura  solita- 

30  rium  nihil  amat  semperque  ad  aliquod  tamquam  ad- 
minieuluna  annititur;  qnod  in  amicissimo  (pioque 
dulcissimum  est. 


CHAPTERS   XXIII.,  XXIV.  35 

XXIV.  Sed  cum  tot  signis  eaclem  natura  declaret, 
quid  velit,  anquirat,  desideret,  tamen  obsurdescimus 
nescio  quo  modo  nec  ea,  quae  ab  ea  monemur,  audi- 
mus.  Est  enim  varius  et  multiplex  usus  amicitiae, 
multaeque  causae  suspicionum  offensionumque  dan-  5 
tur,  quas  tum  evitare,  tum  elevare,  tum  ferre  sapi- 
entis  est;  una  illa  subeunda  offensio  est,  ut  et 
utilitas  in  amicitia  et  lides  retineatur:  nam  et  mo- 
nendi  amici  saepe  sunt  et  obiurgandi,  et  baec  acci- 
pienda  amice,  cum  benevole  tiunt.  89.  Sed  nescio  10 
quo  modo  verum  est,  quod  in  Andria  familiaris  meus 
dicit: 

Obs^quium  amicos,  v^ritas  odium  parit. 

Molesta  veritas,  siquidem  ex  ea  nascitur  odium,  quod 
est  venenum  amicitiae,  sed  obsequium  multo  moles-  15 
tius,    quod   peccatis    indulgens   praecipitem   amicum 
ferri  sinit;  maxima  autem  culpa  in  eo,  qui  et  veri- 
tatem  aspernatur  et  in  fraudem  obsequio  impellitur. 
Omni  igitur  hac  in  re  habenda  ratio  et  diligentia 
est,    primum   ut   monitio   acerbitate,    deinde   ut   ob-  20 
iurgatio  contumelia  careat;   in  obsequio  autem,  quo- 
niam  Terentiano  verbo  libenter  utimur,  comitas  adsit, 
assentatio,  vitiorum  adiutrix,  procul  amoveatur,  quae 
non   modo   amico,   sed  ne   libero  quidem   digna  est; 
aliter  enim  cum  tyranno,   aliter  cum  amico  vivitur.   25 
90.   Cuius  autem  aures  clausae  veritati  sunt,  ut  ab 
amico  verum  audire  nequeat,  huius  salus  desperanda 
est.     Scitum  est  enim  illud  Catonis,  ut  multa:  '^ne- 
Jius  cle  quibusclam  acerbos   inimicos  mereri  quani  eos 
amicos,  qui  dulces  videantiir ;  illos  verum  saepe  dicere,   :30 
hos  numquam.'     Atque  illud  absurdum,  quod  ei,  qui 


36  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

monentur,  eam  molestiam,  quam  clebent  capere,  non 
capiunt,  eam  capiunt,  qua  debent  vacare;  peccasse 
enim  se  non  anguntur,  obiurgari  moleste  ferunt; 
quod    contra    oportebat    delicto    dolere,    correctione 

5    gaudere. 

XXV.  91.  Ut  igitur  et  monere  et  moneri  pro- 
prium  est  verae  amicitiae  et  alterum  libere  facere, 
non  aspere,  alterum  patienter  accipere,  non  repug- 
nanter,  sic  habendum  est  nullam  in  amicitiis  pestem 

10  esse  maiorem  quam  adulationem,  blanditiam,  assenta- 
tionem;  quamvis  enim  multis  nominibus  est  hoc  vi- 
tium  notandum  levium  hominum  atque  fallacium  ad 
voluntatem  loquentium  omnia,  nihil  ad  veritatem. 
92.   Cum  autem  omnium  rerum  simulatio  vitiosa  est 

15  (tollit  enim  iudicium  veri  idque  adulterat),  tum  ami- 
citiae  repugnat  maxime;  delet  enim  veritatem,  sine 
qua  nomen  amicitiae  valere  non  potest.  Nam  cuin 
amicitiae  vis  sit  in  eo,  ut  unus  quasi  animus  fiat  ex 
pluribus,    qui  id   fieri   poterit,   si  ne  in  uno  quidem 

20  quoque  unus  animus  erit  idemque  semper,  sed  va- 
rius,  commutabilis,  multiplex  ?  93.  Quid  enim  po- 
test  esse  tam  flexibile,  tani  devium  quam  animus  eius, 
qui  ad  alterius  non  modo  sensum  ac  voluntatem,  sed 
etiam  vultum  atque  nutum  convertitur? 

25        Ndgat  quis,  iiego  ;  ait,  aio  ;  postrenio  iinperavi  egoni^t  niilii 
Oninia  assentari, 

ut  ait  idem  Terentius,  sed  ille  in  Gnathonis  per- 
sona,  quod  amici  genus  adhibere  omnino  levitatis 
est.  94.  jSIulti  autem  Gnathonuni  similes  cum  sint 
30  loco,  fortuna,  fama  superiores,  horum  est  assenta- 
tio   molesta,   cum  ad  vanitatem  accessit  auctoritas. 


CHAPTERS  XXIV.-XXVI.  37 

95.  Secerni  auteni  blandus  amicus  a  vero  et  inter- 
nosci  tam  potest  adhibita  diligentia  quam  omnia  fu- 
cata  et  simulata  a  sinceris  atque  veris.  Contio,  quae 
ex  imperitissimis  constat,  tamen  iudicare  solet,  quid 
intersit  inter  popularem,  id  est  assentatorem  et  le-  5 
vem  civem,  et  inter  constantem  et  severum  et  gravem. 

96.  Quibus  blanditiis  C.  Papirius  nuper  influebat  in 
auris  contionis,  cum  ferret  legem  de  tribunis  plebis 
reficiendis!  Dissuasimus  nos;  sed  nihil  de  me,  de 
Scipione  dicam  libentius.  Quanta  illi,  di  imnior-  lo 
tales,  fuit  gravitas,  quanta  in  oratione  maiestas!  ut 
facile  ducem  populi  Romani,  [non  comitem]  diceres. 
Sed  adfuistis,  et  est  in  manibus  oratio.  Itaque  lex 
popularis  suffragiis  populi  repudiata  est.  Atque,  ut 
ad  me  redeam,  meministis,  Q.  Maximo,  fratre  Scipi-  15 
onis,  et  L.  Mancino  consulibus  quam  popularis  lex  de 
sacerdotiis  C.  Licini  Crassi  videbatur!  cooptatio  enim 
collegiorum  ad  populi  beneficium  transf erebatur ;  at- 
que  is  primus  instituit  in  forum  versus  agere  cum 
populo.  Tamen  illius  vendibilem  orationem  religio  20 
deorum  inmortalium  nobis  defendentibus  facile  vin- 
cebat.  Atque  id  actum  est  praetore  me  quinquennio 
ante,  quam  consul  sum  factus;  ita  re  magis  quam 
summa  auctoritate  causa  illa  defensa  est. 

XXVI.  97.  Quodsi  in  scaena,  id  est  in  contioue,  25 
in  qua  rebus  fictis  et  adumbratis  loci  plurimum  est, 
tamen  verum  valet,  si  modo  id  patefactum  et  illustra- 
tum  est,  quid  in  amicitia  fieri  oportet,  quae  tota  veri- 
tate  perpenditur?  in  qua  nisi,  ut  dicitur,  apertum 
pectus  videas  tuumque  ostendas,  nihil  fidum,  nihil  30 
exploratum  liabeas,  ne  amare  quidem  aut  amari,  cum, 
id  quam  vere  fiat,  ignores.      Quamquam  ista  assen- 


38  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

tatio,  qiiamvis  perniciosa  sit,  nocere  tamen  neniini 
potest  nisi  ei,  qui  eam  recipit  atque  ea  delectatur. 
Ita  fit,  ut  is  assentatoribus  patefaciat  aures  suas 
maxirae,  qui  ipse  sibi  assentetur  et  se  maxime  ipse 

5  delectet.  98.  Umnino  est  amans  sui  virtus;  optime 
enim  se  ipsa  novit,  quamque  amabilis  sit,  intellegit. 
Ego  autem  non  de  virtute  nunc  loquor,  sed  de  vir- 
tutis  opinione.  Virtute  enim  ipsa  non  tam  multi 
praediti  esse  quam  videri  volunt.     Hos  delectat  as- 

10  sentatio,  liis  fictus  ad  ipsorum  voluntatem  sermo  cum 
adhibetur,  orationem  illam  vanam  testimonium  esse 
laudum  suarum  putant.  iSTulla  est  igitur  haec  ami- 
citia,  cum  alter  verum  audire  non  vult,  alter  ad 
mentiendum   paratus  est.      Nec  parasitorum    in   co- 

15  moediis  assentatio  faceta  nobis  videretur,  nisi  essent 
milites  gloriosi. 

Magnas  vero  agere  gratias  Thafs  mihi  ? 

Satis  erat  respondere :  '  viagnas  ' ;  '  ingentes  ',  inquit. 
Seraper  auget  assentator  id,  quod  is,  cuius  ad  volunta- 

20  tera  dicitur,  vult  esse  niagnum.  99.  Quam  ob  rem, 
quamquam  blanda  ista  vanitas  apud  eos  valet,  qui 
ipsi  illam  allectant  et  invitant,  tamen  etiam  gravio- 
res  constantioresque  admonendi  sunt,  ut  animadvor- 
tant,  ne  callida  assentatione  capiantur.     Aperte  enim 

25  adulantein  neino  non  videt,  nisi  qui  admodum  est 
excors;  callidus  ille  et  occultus  ne  se  insinuet,  stu- 
diose  cavendum  est;  nec  enim  facillime  agnoscitur, 
quippe  qui  etiam  adversando  saepe  assentetur  et  liti- 
gare  se  simulans  blandiatur  atque  ad  extremum  det 

ao  manus  viucique  se  patiatur,   ut    is,   qui    ilhisus    sit, 


CHAPTERS  XXVI.,  XXVII.  39 

plus    vidisse    videatur.      Quid   autein   turpius   quam 
illudi?     Quod  ut  ne  accidat,  magis  cavendum  est. 

Ut  me  h6die  ante  omnes  c6micos  stult6s  senes 
Versaris  atcjvie  inlusseris  lautissume. 

100.  Haec  enim  etiam  in  fabulis  stultissima  persona  5 
est  improvidorum  et  credulorum  senum.  Sed  nescio 
quo  pacto  ab  amicitiis  perfectorum  liominum,  id  est 
sapientium  (de  hac  dico  sapientia,  quae  videtur  in 
hominem  cadere  posse),  ad  leves  amicitias  defluxit 
oratio.  Quam  ob  rem  ad  illa  prima  redeamus  eaque  lo 
ipsa  concludamus  aliquando. 

XXVII.    Virtus,  virtus,   inquam,  C.  Fanni,  et  tu, 
Q.  Muci,  et  conciliat  amicitias  et  conservat.     In  ea 
est  enim  convenientia  rerum,  in  ea  stabilitas,  in  ea 
constantia;  quae  cum  se  extulit  et  ostendit  suum  lu-  15 
men  et  idem  aspexit  adgnovitque  in  alio,  ad  id  se 
admovet  vicissimque  accipit  illud,  quod  in  altero  est; 
ex  quo  exardescit  sive  amor  sive  amicitia;  utrumque 
enim  dictum  est  ab  amando;  amare  autem  nihil  est 
aliud   nisi   eum    ipsum   diligere,   quem   ames,    nulla  20 
indigentia,  nidla  utilitate  quaesita;  quae  tamen  ipsa 
efflorescit  ex  amicitia,  etiamsi  tu  eam  minus  secutus 
sis.       101.   Hac  nos  adulescentes  benevolentia  senes 
illos,  L.  Paulum,  M.  Catonem,  C.  Galum,  P.  Nasicam, 
Ti.  Gracchum,   Scipionis  nostri  socerum,  dileximus,   25 
haec  etiam  magis  elucet  inter  aequ.ales,  ut  inter  me  et 
Scipionem,  L.  Furium,  P.  Rupilium,  Sp.  Mummium. 
Vicissim  autem  senes  in  adulescentium  caritate  acqui- 
escimus,  ut  in  vestra,  ut  in  Q.  Tuberonis;    equidem 
etiam  admodum  adulescentis   P.  Eutili,  A.  Vergini  30 
familiaritate  delector.     Quoniamque  ita  ratio  compa- 


40  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

rata  est  vitae  natiiraeque  nostrae,  ut  alia  ex  alia  aetas 
oriatur,  maxime  quidem  optandum  est,  ut  cum  aequa- 
libus  possis,  quibuscum  tamquam  e  carceribus  emis- 
sus  sis,  cum  isdem  ad  calcem,  ut  dicitur,  pervenire. 

5  102.  Sed  quoniam  res  liumanae  fragiles  caducaeque 
sunt,  semper  aliqui  anquirendi  sunt,  quos  diligamus 
et  a  quibus  diligamur;  caritate  enim  benevolentiaque 
sublata  omnis  est  e  vita  sublata  iucunditas.  Milii 
quidem  Scipio,  quamquam  est  subito  erej^tus,   vivit 

10  tamen  semperque  vivet;  virtutem  enim  amavi  illius 
viri,  quae  exstincta  non  est;  nec  mihi  soli  versatur 
ante  oculos,  qui  illam  semper  in  manibus  habui, 
sed  etiam  posteris  erit  clara  et  insignis.  Nemo  um- 
quani  animo  aut  spe  maiora  suscipiet,   qui  sibi  non 

15  illius  memoriam  atque  imaginem  proponendam  putet. 
103.  Equidem  ex  omnibus  rebus,  quas  mihi  aut  for- 
tuna  aut  natura  tribuit,  nihil  habeo,  quod  cum  ami- 
citia  Scipionis  possim  comparare.  In  hac  mihi  de 
re  publica  consensus,  in  hac  rerum  privatarum  con- 

20  silium,  in  eadem  requies  plena  oblectationis  fuit. 
Numquam  illum  ne  minima  quidem  re  offendi,  quod 
quidem  senserim,  nihil  audivi  ex  eo  ipse,  quod  nol- 
lem;  una  domus  erat,  idem  victus,  isque  communis, 
neque  solum  militia,  sed  etiam  peregrinationes  rusti- 

25  cationesque  communes.  104.  Nam  quid  ego  de 
studiis  dicam  cognoscendi  semper  aliquid  atque  dis- 
ceudi?  in  quibus  remoti  ab  oculis  populi  omne 
otiosum  tempus  contrivimus.  Quarum  rerum  recor- 
datio  et  memoria  si  una  cum  illo  oceidisset,  deside- 

30  rium  coniunctissimi  atque  amantissimi  viri  ferre  nuUo 
modo  possem.  Sed  nec  illa  exstineta  sunt  ahmturque 
potius  et  augentur  cogitatione  et  memoria  mea,  et,  si 


CHAPTER  XXVir.  41 

illis  plane  orbatvis  essem,  inagnuin  tamen  affert  mihi 
aetas  ipsa  solacium.  Diutius  enim  iam  in  hoc  desi- 
(lerio  esse  non  possum.  Omnia  autem  brevia  tolera- 
bilia  esse  debent,  etiamsi  magna  suut. 

Haec  habui  de  amicitia  quae  dicerem.     Vos  autem    5 
hortor,  ut  ita  virtutem  locetis,  sine  qua  amicitia  esse 
non  potest,  ut  ea  excepta  nihil  amicitia  praestabilius 
pixtetis. 


NOTES 

— « — 

CHAPTEB    I. 

Dedication  to  Attims 

1.  1.1    Q.   Mucius  :  see  Introd.  §  4,  h. 
Laelio  :    see  Introd.  §  4,  a. 

2.  memoriter  :  not  from  memory,  but  loith  accrirate  memory. 
iucunde  :   i.e.  entertaiuingly. 

4.  ita :  explained  by  the  foUowlng  purpose  clause,  ut  .  .  .  dis- 
cederem. 

deductus  ad  Scaevolam :  upon  assuming  the  toga  virilis  it 
was  customary  for  a  young  Koman  to  attach  himself  for  a  year  or 
more  to  some  eminent  general  or  jurist,  for  the  purpose  of  pro- 
fessional  training  in  arms  or  in  the  law.  This  period  was  called 
tirociniiim  (' apprenticeship  '). 

sumpta  virili  toga  :  with  the  completion  of  the  sixteenth  year, 
•as  a  rule,  the  Ronian  boy  laid  aside  the  toga  praetexta  or  purple 
bordered  toga  and  assumed  the  plain  unbordered  toga  of  manhood 
(^toga  virilis).  Tlie  formal  assumption  of  the  toga  virilis  took  place 
at  the  festivai  of  the  LiberaJia,  whicli  was  celebrated  annually  on 
tlie  17th  of  March.  In  this  ceremony  all  young  men  who  had  com- 
pleted  their  sixteenth  year  within  the  preceding  twelvemonth  were 
competent  to  participate.  It  thus  often  happened  that  a  youth  was 
nearly  seventeen  years  of  age  before  putting  on  the  badge  of  man- 
hood.  This  would  be  trne,  for  instance,  of  all  boys  born  in  the 
last  two  weeks  of  j\Iarch. 

Note  that  virili  toga  instead  of  toga  virili  brings  out  a  stronger 
contrast  with  the  toga  praetexta  of  boyhood.      Cf.  p.  15,  1.  17, 


1  The  numerical  refereuces  iu  the  notes  are  to  page  and  line  of  the 
text. 

43 


44  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

praetexta  toga ;  p.  9,  1.  32,  prosperis  rehus ;  p.  10,  1.  14,  secundns 
res. 

6.  ut  numquam  discederem  :  nriliiiarily  in  Latin  wc  fiiid  ne 
umqnam,  ne  nsqnani,  ne  ulliis,  etc,  iii  tlie  seii.se  '  in  order  that  never,' 
'  in  order  tliat  nowliere,'  etc.  But  iiere  numqnam  discederem  seems 
to  be  iLsed  by  a  species  ot'  iitotes  in  tlie  .sense,  '  be  always  near'  ; 
hence  ut  .  .  .  numqnam  instead  of  ne  ■  .  .  umquam. 

quoad  possem  et  liceret :  tlie  subjunctive  is  due  to  attrac- 
tion  ;  liceret  seenis  to  iinpiy  tliat  Scaevola's  advanced  age  rendered 
Cicero's  privileges  of  uncertain  duration. 

7.  commoda  :  Juippily. 

8.  prudentia  :  in  the  sense  of  iuris  prudentia,  as  frequently. 

!».  pontificem  Scaevolam  :  his  full  naine  was  identical  witli 
that  of  tlie  augur.  Ile  was  chosen  consul  iii  95  b.c.  and  was 
subsequently  luade  Pontifex  Maxiinus.  Ile  lost  his  life  in  tlie 
Marian  proscription  of  82  b.c.  As  a  jurist  he  was  justly  held  in 
high  e.steem.  Observe  that  pontijicem  precedes  Scaevolam  for  the 
purpose  of  bringing  out  more  fully  the  contrast  with  Scaevola  the 
augur. 

quem  unum  praestantissimum  :  niius  is  frequently  thus  used 
to  inteiisify  the  superlativc. 

10.    iustitia  :  /.e.  .seu.se  of  justice. 

1-"J.    Cuni  .  .  .  tum  :   irhile  .  .  .  yet  especially. 

multa  :  uuderstand  in  sense  memini  dicere ;  saepe^l^tlg^s  pleo-- 
nastic  ;  cf.  p.  12,  1.  9,  saepissime  solet.     Note  further  that  multa 
here  =  multa  alia  ;  so  in  Cato  Maior,  §  82,  multos  praestantes  viros. 

15.  admodum :  with  pauci ;  the  adverb  receives  greater  em- 
phasis  by  being  placed  after  the  word  which  it  modifies.  Cf.  p. 
7,  1.  25,  r/ratiin\admodum  ;  p.  23,  1.  17,  nulli prors7ts. 

eum  sermonVn  :  tulli  on  that  subject ;  cf.  p.  34,  1.  27,  illam 
admirationeni,  '.'Miniration  of  that.' 

16.  incidere :  Imjt^ni  when  referring  to  personal  experience 
often  takes  tlie  present  infinitive  where  tlie  Eiiglish  idiom  would 
lead  us  to  expect  the  perfect.  Cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  30,  Ego  L.  Metel- 
lum  memini  ita  bonis  estie  viribus. 

17.  Attice :  .see  Introd.  §  2. 

P.  Sulpicio  utebare  multum :  you  loere  very  intimate  tvith 
Publius  Sulpicius.      1'ublius   Sulpicius   Kufus  (124-88  h.c.)  was 


NOTES  45 

originally  au  ardent  aristocrat,  but  subsequently  became  a  sup- 
porter  of  Marius.  As  tribune  of  tlie  plebs  lie  introduced  and  se- 
cured  the  passage  of  a  nieasure  whereby  Marius  was  invested  with 
the  conduct  of  the  Mitliridatic  War.  This  legislation,  however, 
cost  him  his  life  at  the  hands  of  Sulla. 

19.  Q.  Pompeio:  one  of  the  consuls  for  the  year  88  b.c.  He 
vigorously  opposed  the  law  introduced  by  Sulpicius. 

20.  quanta  esset :  note  tlie  secondary  sequence,  occasioned 
probably  by  tlie  intervening  secondary  tenses :  erat,  dissideret, 
vixerat. 

2.    1.   admiratio:  amazement. 
querela :   vgret. 

2.  eam  ipsam  mentionem :  mention  o/  that  very  thinrj.  Cf. 
above,  p.  1,  1.  15,  in  eitm  sermonem. 

4.  C.  Fannio :  see  Introd.  §  4,  c. 

5.  Africani :  the  younger  Scipio,  destrpyer  of  Cartliage.  See 
Introd.  §  5.     His  deatli  occuri-ed  in  129  b.c. 

6.  sententias:  ?.e.  the  chief  points. 

hoc  libro :  Cicero  frequently  omits  in  with  hoc  libro,  his  libris. 

7.  arbitratu  meo  :  i.e.  freely. 

quasi :  with  ipsos, — inperson,  as  it  were. 

9.    tamquam :  used  in  the  same  sense  as  quasi  above  in  line  7. 

coram  :  this  merely  strengthens  the  phrase  a  praesentibus. 

11.  mecum  ageres:  i.e.  urged  me  ;  acjere  cum  aliqno  was  tech- 
nically  used  of  a  magistrate  who  brought  public  business  before 
the  Senate  or  the  people  for  action. 

13.    nostra  familiaritate  :  see  Introd.  §  2. 

feci  ut  prodessem :  hardly  more  than  a  periphrasis  for  tlij 
simple  profui.  Cicero  is  somewhat  fond  of  this  style  of  expres- 
sion.  Cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  42,  invitus  feci  ut  L.  Flamininum  c 
senatu  eicerem;  in  Vatin.  9.  21,  invitus  facio  ut  recorder. 

15.  Catone  Maiore:  Cicero's  essay  on  Old  Age,  published 
shortly  before  the  Laelius.  The  piece  took  its  name  from  the  cir- 
cumstance  tliat  the  sentiments  are  put  in  the  mouth  of  Cato  tlie 
Ekler  (l'34-149  b.c). 

scriptus  ad  te:  i.e.  written  and  sent  to  you  ;  hence  the  prepo- 
sition. 

16.  senem :  made  empliatic  by  its  separation  from  Catonem ; 


46  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

it  gives  the  cause  for  Cicero's  choice  of  Cato  as  the  speaker  in  tlie 
de  Senectute. 

17.  persona :  tliis  word  originally  designated  the  mask  worn  by 
an  actor,  then  the  character  corresponding  to  the  mask,  then  a 
person  of  strong  personality  exhibiting  a  definlte  character.  Our 
word  '  character '  in  such  expressions  as  '  Lulher  was  a  strong 
cliaracter '  is  tlie  nearest  English  equivalent. 

de  illa  aetate :  i.c  old  age. 

18.  quam  eius  :  than  his,  viz.  Cato's. 

diutissime  :  Cato  was  eighty-live  years  old  at  liis  deatli.  If  we 
reckon  old  age  as  beginning  at  sixty,  he  was  a  senex  for  twenty- 
five  years. 

fuisset,  floruisset,  etc. :  i.e.  since  he  had  been  an  old  man,  and 
had  been  conspicuous  before  others  ;  Subjunctive  of  Characteristic 
witli  accessory  notion  of  cause.  In  Cato  Maior,  §  8,  Cato  is  said 
to  have  been  conspicuous  for  '  infiuence,  wealth,  and  station.' 

19.  accepissemus :  i.e.  by  tradition. 

20.  maxime  memorabilem:  adjectives  in  -bilis  rarely  admit 
terminational  comparison. 

21.  P.  Scipionis:  referred  to  above  in  1.  5,  as  Africanus.  For 
his  relations  to  Laelius,  see  Introd.  §  5. 

22.  dissereret,  disputata :  tlie  cliange  from  disserere  to  dispu- 
tare  is  necessitated  by  tlie  lack  of  a  participle  dissertus;  disputatus 
supplies  its  place. 

23.  Genus  hoc  sermonum :  tal/cs  of  tiiis  kiiid.  The  figure  is 
known  as  liypallage. 

24.  hominum  veterum  :  men  of  old,  not  ohl  men. 
2;").    et  eorum :  and  those,  too. 

nescio  quo  pacto :  somehoio,  as  frequently.       *- 

27.  Catonem:   /.^.  in  the  Cato  Maior. 

28.  ad  senem  senex  de  senectute,  ad  amicum  amicissimus 
de  amicitia :  the  Latin  oftcu  exliiliits  this  fdudness  for  i)utting 
side  by  side  words  that  are  etyraologically  related  ;  cf.  p.  11,  1.  Sl, 
iustitiam  iustissimo.  Cicero  was  sixty-two  years  old  wlien  he 
wrote  the  essay  on  Ohl  .\ge. 

30.  nemo  senior  temporibus  illis :  the  conversation  of  the  de 
Senectute  is  represented  as  taking  jilaee  the  year  before  (."ato's 
death. 


NOTES  47 

31.  prudentior :  viiser,  i.e.  in  the  sense  of  practical  wisdom. 

32.  sapiens :  witli  special  reference  to  Laelius's  fondness  for 
philosophy. 

3.  1.  velim  avertas:  velim  is  simply  a  softened  voZo ;  avertas 
is  logically  the  object  of  velim.  For  tlie  absence  of  nt  (regular 
after  velim,  vellem  \i\  this  use)  see  A.  &  G.i  331,/,  Rem.  ;  B.  290, 
1,  «;  G.  532,  Rem.  3;  H.  499,  2. 

0.  te  ipse  cognosces :  as  usual,  the  intensive  is  joined  with  the 
subject,  instead  of  agreeing  with  the  reflexive. 


CHAPTERS   11. -IV. 

Introductort.  —  Scaevola  and  Fannius  comincj  to  the  house  of 
Laelius  just  after  Scipio^s  cleath,  mention  the  public  interest  in 
Laelius''^  bereavement.  Laelius  answers  that,  while  his  grief  is 
profound,  it  is  tempered  b)j  the  reflection  that  Scipio  in  his  life  had 
realized  the  fullest  measure  of  human  siiccess^,  and  that  in  death  he 
had  attained  immortalitij.  Another  solace  is  the  recoUection  of 
their  friendship.  This  is  his  most  precious  memory.  Men  may 
praise  his  wisdom ;  but  that  rjives  him  slight  satisfaction  as  com- 
pared  loith  the  hope  he  cherishes  that  the  friendship  of  himself  and 
Scipio  will  be  immortal.  —  The  mention  offriendship  leads  Fannius 
and  Scaevola  to  request  that  Laelius  will  set  forth  his  views  on  this 
subject. 

7.  Sunt  ista :  what  you  say  is  true ;  Fannius's  words  imply  that 
Laelius  liad  just  made  some  remarlc  in  praise  of  Africanus. 

8.  existimare:  i.e.  to  consider,  bear  in  mind. 

9.  oculos  in  te  coniectos  :  i.e.  to  see  how  you  bear  his  death. 
11.    hoc  :   i.e.  reputation  for  wisdom  {sapientia). 

modo  :  Cato  had  died  in  149  b.c,  twenty  years  before  the  dra- 
matic  date  of  the  Laelius. 

L.  Acilium :  L.  Acilius  was  an  older  contemporary  of  Cato. 
Cicero  (de  Legibus,  II,  23,  59)  mentions  liis  commentary  on  the 
Twelve  Tables. 


1  A.  &  G.  =  Allen  &  Greenough's  Latiii   Grammar;  B.  =  Bennett; 
G.  =  Gildersleeve ;  H.  =  Harkness. 


48  LAELIUS   DE   A^MICITIA 

12.    alio  quodam  modo  :  see  below  on  1.  18. 

14.  multarum  reium  usum :  Cato'.s  experience  had  been  re- 
niarkably  wide.  Ile  liad  been  farraer,  soldier,  lawyer,  orator,  and 
nian  of  affairs.  wliile  in  his  laler  life  he  liad  lurned  his  attention  to 
writing. 

15.  provisa  prudenter,  acta  constanter,  responsa  acute : 
these  expressions  cover  the  three  raost  salient  points  in  Cato's 
cliaracter :  foresight,  stubbornness,  and  ready  wit ;  resjtonsa,  liow- 
ever,  may  mean  replies  given  as  jurisconsult  to  his  clients. 

10.    ferebantur:   voro  curront. 

17.  quasi  cognomen  sapientis:  the  quasi-coynomen  of  'Sapi- 
ens ' ;  quasi  irapHes  that  Sapiens,  thougli  often  applied  to  Cato, 
was  not  a  forraal  part  of  his  name  ;  sapientis  is  an  Appositional 
Genitive. 

iam :  to  be  taken  witli  in  senectute.  This  separation  of  words 
that  naturally  belong  together  is  often  resorted  to  for  the  purposes 
of  emphasis.  The  technical  name  of  the  figure  is  trajectio.  Other 
instances  in  the  Laelius  are  p.  12,  1.  5,  qua  me  ratione,  p.  33,  1.  12, 
tum  se  denique ;  p.  34,  L  16,  aliquis  nos  deus.  The  separating 
word  is  often  a  pronoun,  as  in  the  exaraples  cited. 

18.  te  .  .  .  esse  sapientem :  these  words  depend  in  sense  upon 
existimant  to  be  supplied  froni  hanc  esse  sapientiam  existimant 
below.  Owing  to  tlie  intervening  raodifiers,  tlie  sentence  is  not 
conipleted  as  begun  (anacolutlion). 

alio  quodam  modo :  in  a  somewhat  different  way ;  qnidam  is 
tiifc^  frequenliy  used  with  adjectives  to  .soften  or,  at  times,  to 
in^^ify  their  force.  In  sucli  cases  its  exact  force  raust  be  deter- 
rainRby  the  context. 

I91fnatura'  et  moribus,  etc. :  Cato's  sapientia  was  the  result 
of  n^uu'al  gifts,  and  association  witli  raen  ;  Laeiius's  liad  come 
from  study. 

20.  vulgus  :  i^eople  in  general  as  opposed  to  eruditi,  'scliolars.' 
The  former  naturally  eniployed  the  word  sapiens  somewhat  loosely; 
tlie  latter  used  it  in  the  raore  technical  sense  of  '  learned  in  i)hi- 
losopliy.' 

21.  in  reliqua  Graecia  :   i.c  as  opposed  to  Athens  {Atheni.*<). 

22.  neminem,  unum  :  the  a.syndeton  heightens  the  antithesis  ; 
fuisse  is  to  be  supplied  as  the  object  of  accepimus. 


NOTES  49 

septem:  f^c.  sap>ei)t('s, — The  Seven  Wise  Men :  Thales,  Solon, 
Bias,  Chilon,  Cleobiilus,  Pittacus,  Periander.  They  lived  about 
600  B.c.  Few  of  these  were  distinguished  for  learning  and  eru- 
ditiou,  but  ratlier  for  their  strong  sense  in  practical  affairs. 

23.    qui  quaerunt :  tlie  antecedent  of  qiii  is  the  subject  of  hahent. 

25.  etiam  Apollinis  oraculo:  i.e.  by  the  oracle  of  Apollo  as 
well  as  by  tlie  judtrnniit  of  his  fellow-citizens. 

sapientissimum  iudicatum  (esse):  the  oracle  ran: 

'S.ocphs  2o(poK\ris,  <TO<pwT(pos  5'  EvpnriSris, 
'ArSpif  5e  irtivTaiv  '2,(aKpiT7)S  (TO(p(x>TaTos. 

26.  hanc  sapientiam  :  explained  by  the  following  ?(<-clause. 

27.  omnia  tua:  according  to  the  Stoic  doctrine  of  avTapKeia 
('self-sutiieiency ')  each  nian  is  to  seek  his  highest  satisfaction 
from  within,  not  from  without. 

29.  hoc  Scaevola  :  Scaevola  here. 

30.  Nonis  :  the  regular  day  of  meeting  for  the  college  of  augurs. 

31.  D.  Bruti :  consul  188  b.c.  ;  he  celebrated  a  triumph  in  honor 
of  his  successes  in  Spain. 

commentandi  causa :  f(jr  the  piirpose  of  deliberation,  i.e.  in 
connection  with  the  au.spices. 

32.  ut  assolet :  assolet  is  used  especially  of  fixed  and  stated 
customs  or  ceremonials. 

venissemus  :  as  subject  understand  the  augurs. 
qui  solitus  esses :  though  yon  were  ivont.     Clause  of  Charac- 
teristic  witli  the  accessory  notion  of  opposition  ('thougli'). 
diligentissime :  i.e.  regularly. 

4.  3.  C.  Laeli  :  in  familiar  address  the  praenomen  is  not  regu- 
larly  employed.  It  occurs  again,  however,  in  this  dialogue  in 
§  100,  C.  Fanni  et  tn,  Q.  Mnci. 

animum  adverti :  =  animadverti. 

5.  cum  .   .   .  tum :  both  .  .  .  and. 

6.  moderate :  i.e.  not  giving  way  to  excessive  demonstration 
of  sorrow,  but  with  Stoic  resignation. 

nec  potuisse  non  commoverl :  and  yet  that  yon  could  not 
fail  ti>  he  deeply  ciffected ;  nec  has  an  adversative  force. 

7.  id :  viz.  non  commoveri. 

humanitatis  truae  :  (characteristic)  of  your  human  sympathy. 


50  LAELius  m:  amicitia 

8.  quod  .  .  non  adfuisses :  as  ln  ;/nnr  ahsence  from  onr 
colleye  ou  the  Xoues ;  the  clause  quod  adfnisses  is  put  in  the 
subjunctive  merely  in  consequence  of  the  indirect  discourse.  The 
direct  statement  would  have  been  qnod  non  adfuisti,  valetudo 
erat  causa,  'as  to  the  fact  that  you  were  not  present,'  etc. 

0.  valetudinem  ;  unless  acconipanied  by  hona  or  some  such 
word,  valctndo  rarely  means  'good  health.' 

11.  Recte  tu  quidem :  sc.  dicis  ;  qnidem  belongs  with  both  recte 
and  tii. 

l;;.  incommodo  meo  :  alluding  to  his  grief  at  the  loss  of  his 
friend. 

nec  ullo:  Latin  regularly  prefers  nec  nllns  to  et  mdlus. 

14.    hoc  :  explained  by  the  clause  nt  .  .  .  fiat. 

constanti  homini :  i.e.  a  man  of  strength  of  character. 

U!.    quod  dicis  :  in  saying,  in  that  you  say. 

nec  agnosco  :  i.c  do  not  recognize  as  my  due. 

17.  ut  videris  :  l"vnglisli  employs  the  impersonal  construction 
iiere. 

18.  nemo  :  .sC.  sapiens  fuit.  The  wise  man  was  simply  an  ideal 
never  realized  in  actual  experience. 

19.  quod  quidem  :  tlie  antecedent  of  quod  is  the  entire  thought, 
jiemo  sajriens  fidt. 

^).   ut  alia  omittam :  not  the  purpose  of  tulit,  but  of  some- 
^to  be  supplied. 

^tem  fili :  Cato's  son,  Marcus  Porcius  Cato,  had  served  in 
icedonian  campaign  of  Paulus,  and  had  married  Paulus's 
He  died  when  praetor  elect  in  152  n.c.    Cf.  the  allusion 
■nl  in  Cato  Maior,  §  84. 
memineram,   videram :    supply  in   sense   martes  fliorum 
frrre  from  the  preceding  scntence. 

Paulum :  Lucius  Aemilius  Paulus,  the  conqueror  of  King 
Perseus  at  Pydna  in  168  k.c. 

Galum :  Gaius  vSulpicius  Galus  was  eminent  as  an  astronomer. 

He  served  under  Paulus  in  the  campaign  against  Perseus,  and  by 

his  ti)nely  prediction  of  an  eclipse  of  the  moon  saved  the  Roman 

army  froin  panic.     In  160  b.c.  he  filled  tlie  office  of  consul. 

sed  hi :  sc.  talem  casum  tnlerunt. 

in  pueris :  in  the  case  of  boys ;  two  sons  of  Paulus,  aged  respec- 


NOTES  51 

tively  twelve  and   fourteen,  died,  the  one  five   days  before  his 
father\s  triuini)li.  tlie  other  three  days  after  it. 

22.  perfecto  et  spectato  viro  .  perfectus  is  here  used  in  the 
sense  of  'mature,'  'developed,'  as  oppo.sed  to  puer ;  spectatus 
nieans  Ihat  the  young  Cato  had  won  approval  as  a  soldier  and 
a  citizon. 

23.  cave  Catoni,  etc. :  don^t  put  even  that  man  before  Cato ;  on 
the  origin  of  cave  as  the  equivalent  of  cave  ne,  see  B.  305,  2.  Both 
idionis  are  niore  colloquial  than  «o/i  with  the  infinitive.  On  ne  .  .  . 
quidem  used  to  intensify  a  preceding  negative  (in  this  instance  cave 
anteponas),  see  A.  &  G.  209,  «,  1  ,  B.  347,  2  ;  G.  445;  H.  553,  2. 

24.  huius,  illius  :  huius  refers  to  Cato  as  the  nearer  in  thought, 
illius  to  Socrates. 

20.  cum  utroque :  up  to  this  point  Laelius  has  been  replying 
to  Scaevola  and  Fannius  separately.  He  now  addresses  his  re- 
marks  to  both. 

sic  habetote :  sic  refers  to  what  foUows.  The  expression 
belongs  to  the  hmguage  of  fainiliar  discourse. 

28.  quam  id  recte  faciam,  viderint  sapientes:  let  the  philos- 
ophers  see  hov;  properly  I  do  that,  i.e.  let  them  say,  if  they  will, 
that  such  an  attitude  is  the  proper  one ;  viderint  is  in  the  perfect 
.subjunctive.  Cf.  de  Re  Publica,  VI.  23. 25,  quid  de  te  alii  loquantur, 
ipsi  videant.  Under  sapientes  one  must  here  understand  philoso- 
phers  of  the  Stoic  school.  These  held  that  the  sapiens  (the  ideal 
wise  man)  ought  to  be  free  from  all  emotion  and  passion.  The 
technical  Greek  name  for  tliis  attitude  was  airddeta. 

sed  :  i.e.  whatever  views  these  may  hold. 

20.    Moveor  :  sc.  desiderio. 

31.  me  ipse  consolor  :  see  note  on  p.  3, 1.  6,  te  ipse  cof/nosces. 

32.  illo  solacio  :  explained  by  the  following  quod-c\a,use. 
eo  errore  :  viz.  that  death  is  an  evil. 

5.  ■!.  suis  incommodis  :  suus,  as  often,  is  here  used  in  the 
general  sense  of  '  one's  own.' 

4.  amantis  est  :  is  rharacteristic  of  one  who  loves. 

cum  illo  .  .  .  actum  esse  praeclare :  that  his  fortune  toas 
a  fjlorious  one.    Cf.  de  lege  agraria,  IH.  2.  8,  ayi  secum  praeclare. 

5.  Nisi  .  .  .  vellet :  for  unless  he  shoidd  have  loished  to  desire 
imrnortal  Ufe ;  vcUet  does  not  here  denote  something  contrary  to 


52  LAELius  DE  a:\iicitia 

fact,  but  is  simply  velit  ('if  he  should  wish')  transferred  to  past 
time.  This  use,  except  iii  indirect  discourse,  is  extremely  rare. 
Another  instance  is  pro  Sestio  21.  47,  sin  essent  victi  boni,  '  if  it 
shoulil  have  turned  out  tliat  tlie  t^ood  were  defeated.' 

6.  quod  ille  mimme  putabat  :  a  thonght  he  vxts  far  from 
cherishiiKj ;  the  antecedent  of  quod  is  the  thought  imjilied  in 
inimorlaUtatem  optare  vellet. 

immortalitatem  :  i.e.  immortal  life  on  earth. 

7.  quod  esset :  Subjunctive  of  Characteristic. 

8.  iam  :  with  habuerant ;  cf.  above,  p.  3,  1,  17. 

0.  continuo  adulescens :  z.e.  immediately  upon  reaching  man- 
hood.  Scipio  was  only  seventeen  years  of  age  when  he  served 
his  first  campaign  under  his  father,  Lucius  Aemilius  Paulus,  in 
Macedouia. 

10.  consulatum  petivit  numquam :  ordinarily  the  most  active 
sort  of  canvassing  was  necessary  to  win  tlie  consulship.  Notice 
the  emphatic  position  of  numqnam. 

factus  consul  est  bis  :  Scipio  was  consul  in  147  and  1;]4  n.c. 

11.  primum  ante  tempus :  i.e.  before  the  legal  age.  Scipio 
was  only  thirty-eight  years  of  age  at  the  time  of  his  first  consul- 
ship,  while  the  statutory  age  for  this  office  was  forty-three. 

sibi  .  .  .  rei  publicae :  as  regards  himself  .  .  .  as  regards  the 
state  ;  Dative  ot  KetVrence. 

12.  suo  tempore  :  i.e.  lie  was  now  of  the  legal  age.  He  was 
actually  nuich  oldei  (fifty-one). 

rei  publicae  paene  sero :  at  the  time  when  Scipio  took  com- 
mand,  tlie  siege  of  Numautia  liad  already  lasted  eight  years,  and 
the  Komans  had  suffered  serious  losses. 

duabus  urbibus  eversis  inimicissimis :  the  reference  is  to 
Carthage  and  Numantia.  The  former  of  these  was  destroyed  in 
146  B.c,  the  latter  in  138  after  a  long  siege. 

14.    futura  bella  :  i.e.  with  these  cities. 

delevit :  put  an  end  to. 

Quid  dicam,  etc.  :  i.e.  how  cau  I  fittingly  characterize  his 
nifrits  ! 

1;').    moribus  facillimis  :  we  also  speak  of  '  easy  mamiers.' 

pietate  in  matrem,  liberalitate  in  sorores :  Scipio's  mother, 
Tapiria,  liad  been  divorced  by  l'auhis.     Scii)io  generously  provided 


NOTES  63 

for  lier  support,  aml  eveii  traiisferi'ed  to  her  the  inheritance  he 
liad  received  froni  his  adoptive  grandniother,  Aeniilia,  wife  of  the 
ekler  Scipio.  After  l'apiria's  death  Scipio  bestowed  the  same 
property  upon  his  two  sisters. 

16.  in  suos  :  i.r.  his  relatives  and  friends  in  general. 

17.  maerore  funeris  :  i.e.  the  grief  displayed  in  connection  with 
his  funeral.  For  this  extension  in  the  use  ot  the  Objective  Geni- 
tive,  see  B.  App.i  §  '^>'2\  ;  cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  1,  quariim  consolatio. 

IS.  quid  .  .  .  potuisset :  the  protasis  to  this  apodosis  is  ini- 
plied  in  paucornni  annorum  accessio,  =  '  if  a  few  years  more  liad 
been  added.'     Scipio  died  in  129  b.c.  at  the  age  of  lifty-six. 

20.  memini  disserere :  for  tlie  present  infinitive,  see  note  on 
p.  1,  1.  16. 

Catonem  anno  ante,  quam  est  mortuus :  Cato's  discourse 
on  old  age  in  the  Cato  Maior  is  represented  as  taking  place  in 
150  B.c. 

23.  nunc  :  Scipio's  recent  death  makes  this  word  appi'opriate. 
vita  quidem  :  quidem  serves  to  heighten  the  antithesis  between 

vita  and  moriendi. 

24.  vel  fortuna  vel  gloria :  in  point  of  fortune  or  of  gloi^y ; 
Ablative  of  Specificalion. 

25.  moriendi  :  to  be  taken  witli  celeritas  as  well  as  with  sensum. 
Witli  moriemli  sensum,  cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  74,  sensus  moriendi 
aliquis  esse  potest. 

quo  de  genere  mortis;  concernimj  a  death  of  this  kind;  cf. 
note  on  p.  2,  1.  23,  genus  hoc  sermonum. 

26.  quid  homines  suspicentur :  for  the  su.spicious  circum- 
stances  of  Scipio's  deatli  see  Inirod.  §  5. 

27.  veredicere;  aa  o\)i)Oiif^(\.  io  snspicentur. 

28.  celeberrimos  laetissimosque :  in  English  we  should  put 
these  with  tlie  antecedent,  but  in  Latin  sucli  superiatives  liave  a 
fondness  for  the  relative  clause. 

30.  reductus  est :  the  technical  term  for  the  formal  escort  of  a 
distinguislied  citizen  f  rom  the  Senate  or  tlie  Forum  to  his  residence. 
On  the  occasion  referred  to,  Scipio  had  specially  commended  him- 
self  to  the  conservative  element  by  liis  sturdy  opposition  to  the 


1  Appeiulix  to  Benuett"s  Latin  Graiumar. 


54  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

agrarian  projects  of  the  Gracchan  party  headed  by  C.  Gracchus, 
Flaccus,  aiid  Carbo. 

31.  populo  Romano :  of  course  oiily  by  those  whose  sympa- 
thies  were  aristocratic. 

32.  sociis  et  Latinis :  ihe  interests  of  these  were  specially 
threatened  by  the  agrarian  legislation  of  Gracchus.  The  phrase 
sociis  et  Latinis  taken  together  forms  tlie  tliird  membcr  in  Cicero's 
enumeration,  as  shown  by  the  fact  that  et  is  not  used  between  the 
last  two  members  of  an  enumeration  unless  between  all  tlie  other 
members.  Cicero  accordingly  means  '  the  allies  and  (particularly) 
the  Latms,'  these  last  being  an  iinportant  element  of  the  socii. 

ut  .  .  .  pervenisse:  i.c  Scipio  seems  to  have  become  deified 
rather  thau  to  have  descended  to  the  lower  world  in  accordance 
with  the  lot  of  ordinary  mortals. 

6.  1.  ad  superos  .  .  ,  deos:  to  heaven,  (i.e.)  to  the  yods , 
deos,  as  being  in  a  kind  of  explanatory  apposition  to  siiperos,  is 
purposely  separated  from  it. 

2.  ad  inferos  :  supply  in  sense  Manes,  'to  the  lower  world.' 

3.  eis,  qui  haec,  etc. :  those  who  have  recently  begun  to  setforth 
this  doctrine ;  haec  is  explained  by  the  following  infinitives,  interire 
and  deleri.  The  reference  is  to  the  Epicureans,  whose  doctrines 
had  only  recently  begun  to  be  expounded  at  Rome. 

0.  nostrorum  maiorum :  our  oivn  ancestors ;  nostrorum  is 
placed  before  maiorum  in  order  to  bring  out  more  clearly  the 
antithesis  between  Roman  and  Greek  opinion  on  the  subject  re- 
ferred  to.     Cf.  p.  8,  I.  15,  nostri  maiores. 

7.  tam  religiosa  iura:  i.e.  so  scrupulous  as  is  familiar  to  all. 
These  rites  consisted  not  merely  in  the  celebration  of  funeral 
obsequies,  but  also  in  annual  libations  on  the  anniversary  of  the 
day  of  death. 

8.  nibil  ad  eos  pertinere:  that  theij  did  not  affect  them  at  all ; 
as  subject  of  tlic  iiiliiiitivc  understand  ««m;  Mj7i(7is  an  adverbial 
accusative  developed  from  the  '  Accusativc  of  Result '  (Internal 
Object)  ;  cf.  de  lege  agraria,  II,  31,  85,  CM?n  (ager)  ad  vos  pertineat 
nihil. 

arbitrarentur :  this  strictly  refers  to  the  past  and  we  should 
naturally  have  expected  the  pluperfect,  but  in  past  conditions  con- 
trary  to  fact  the  imperfect  is  often  used  to  denote  continued  action. 


NOTES  55 

9.  eorum  qui  in  hac  terra,  etc. :  the  reference  is  to  the  Pytha- 
gorean  school,  the  seat  of  which  was  at  Crotona  in  southerii  Italy. 
According  to  Cato  Maior,  §  78,  its  representatives  had  at  one  time 
been  designated  '  Italic  philosophers.' 

10.  nunc  quidem :  noio,  to  be  sure.  Magna  Graecia  (southern 
Italy)  canie  under  lioman  dominion  with  the  fall  of  the  Tarentine 
confederacy  at  the  close  of  the  war  with  Pyrrhus,  275  b.c. 

tum  florebat:  but  then  flourinhed ;  adversative  asyndeton. 
institutis :    principlps,    doctrines,    especially    nev/    principles ; 
praeceptd  are  directions  for  the  practical  application  of  the  instituta. 

12.  qui  non  tum  hoc :  as  verb  supply  in  thought  some  such 
word  as  dicehat.     See  Critical  Appendix. 

13.  idem  :  explained  by  the  following  infinitives. 

animos  esse  divinos :  an  enumeration  of  the  arguments  in  favor 
of  tlie  soul's  immortality  is  given  in  Cato  Maior,  §  77  f.  Note  that 
in  speaking  of  '  tiie  soul,'  '  the  body,'  the  Romans  more  often  used 
tlie  plural  {animi,  corpora),  souls  and  bodies  being  thought  of 
individually.  So  again  below,  1.  21,  de  immortalitate  animorum. 
Latin,  liowever,  at  times  admits  the  singular,  e.g.  in  the  very  next 
clause,  cnm  ex  corpore  excessisseyit.  In  Cato  Maior,  §  80,  we  find 
both  numbers  in  the  same  sentence :  mihi  qiddem  numquam  per- 
suaderi  potuit  animos,  dum  in  corporibus  essent  mortalihus  vivere 
.  .  .  nec  vero  tum  ammum  esse  insipientem,  cum  ex  insipienti 
corpore  evasisset. 

15.  reditum  in  caelum :  prepositional  plirases  are  admissible 
with  verbal  nouns  in  consequence  of  the  verbal  idea  which  these 
contain.     B.  353.  5.  n. 

optimoque  .  .  .  expeditissimum :  i.e.  the  better  the  man,  the 
easier  his  return  to  the  skies.  Cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  83,  Quid,  quod 
sapientissimus  quisque  aequissimo  animo  moritur,  stultissimus 
iniquissi^no  ! 

17.  quasi  praesagiret:  as  though  he  had  a  presentiment  of  the 
truth  ;  praesacjiret  is  used  absokitely. 

18.  Philus :  L.  Furius  Phikis,  a  member  of  the  Scipionic  circle  ; 
he  was  distinguished  for  his  familiarity  with  Greek  cukure. 

Manilius :  distinguished  for  his  attainments  in  jurisprudence. 
adesset :  with  two  singular  subjects  connected  by  disjunctive 
et  .  .  .  et,  tlie  verb  regixlarly  stands  in  tlie  singular. 


56  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

20.  disseruit  de  re  publica:  the  alleged  coiiversation  forms 
tlie  theine  of  Cicero's  de  Re  Publica,  composed  in  54  i$.c.  and' 
published  in  51.  Not  more  than  a  third  of  this  work  is  extant, 
and  even  this  has  conie  down  to  us  in  an  extreinely  fragmentary 
condition. 

disputationis :  see  nole  on  p.  2,  1.  22,  dissercret,  dispulatn. 

21.  extremum  f ere :  almost  the  very  eiid;  the  reference  is  to 
the  concluding  portion  of  Book  VI,  of  which  the  part  containing 
the  dream  is  preserved,  This  is  known  as  the  Somnium  Scipionis, 
and  represents  the  younger  Scipio  setting  forth  the  doctrine  of  the 
future  life  as  delivered  to  him  in  a  dream  by  his  grandfather,  the 
elder  Scipio.  Note  that  fere  very  frequently  follows  the  word 
which  it  modifies  ;  in  some  combinations  this  is  regularly  the  case, 
e.g.  in  omnesfere  foUowed  by  a  substantive. 

quae  .  .  .  dicebat:  the  antecedent  of  quae  is  implied  in  the 
preceding  chiuse,  triiths  ivhich  he  said  he  had  heard.  Cf.  Cato 
Maior,  §  7,  interfui  querelis  quae  deplorare  solebant. 

22.  in  quiete  per  visum :  the  English  in  a  dream  conveys  both 
ideas. 

Africano  :  the  elder  Scipio. 

23.  Id  :  further  explained  by  the  ?(<-clause. 

optimi  cuiusque :  see  note  above  on  1.  15,  optimoque  etiustissimo 
cuiqni'. 

25.  censemus:  less  distant  in  tone  than  the  second  person 
(censetis)  would  have  been ;  cf.  similarly  p.  11,  1.  16,  arhitramur. 

cursum  ad  deos :  see  note  above  on  1.  15,  reditum  in  raelum. 

20.    hoc  eius  eventu  :  at  Ihis  ivhich  has  happened  to  him. 

27.  ne  sit :  the  subject  of  sit  is  maerere. 

invidi  .  .  .  amici :  in  English  we  should  use  the  abstract  envy 
.  .  .  friendship. 

illa  veriora  :  understand  sunt.  The  forms  of  esse  are  frequently 
oiuitted  in  short  phrases,  particularly  with  pronominal  subjects  ; 
illa,  referring  to  the  Epicurean  doctrine  of  the  soul  luentioned  at 
the  beginning  of  Chapter  IV,  is  further  explained  by  the  apposi- 
tional  clause  ut  .  .  .  sit. 

28.  ut  idem  interitus,  etc. :  that  there  is  the  same  destruction 
of  the  ,so?<Z  as  ofthe  body. 

nec  uUus  :  see  uote  on  p.  4,  1.  l.'J. 


NOTES  57 

20.    seiisus  :  i.e.  consciousness. 

ut  .  .  .  sic  :  jn.^^t  Ks  .  .  .  so,  or  though  .  .  .  yet. 

.".0.   sensu  amisso  :  tlie  Ablative  Absolute  has  conditional  force. 

idem  quasi  :  unusual  for  idem  ac  si. 

quasi  natus  esset :  as  subject  understand  is  referring  to  Scipio  ; 
clauses  of  conditional  coniparison  introduced  by  qiiasi,  etc. ,  regu- 
larly  couform  to  the  principles  for  the  sequence  of  tenses  ;  lience 
here  we  should  have  expected  quasi  natus  sit,  but  the  imperfect 
and  pluperfect  may  be  used  in  sucli  clauses  when,  as  in  the  present 
case,  the  writer  wishes  to  empliasize  the  unreal  character  of  tlie 
hypothesis. 

32.  gaudemus,  laetabitur  :  gaudere  denotes  the  feeling,  laetari 
its  manifestation. 

7.   1.   supra  :  viz.  p.  5,  1.  4  ff. 

2.  actum  optime  est :  see  note  on  p.  5,  1.  5,  actum  esse  prae- 
clare. 

incommodius :  the  comparative  has  the  force  of  someiohat, 
rather. 

quem  fuerat  aequius,  etc.  :  for  it  had  heen  fitter  that  I,  etc. ; 
just  as  aeqimm  est  is  regularly  used  in  the  sense  of  aequum  sit 
(A.  &  G.  311,  c  ;  B.  271,  1,  6  ;  G.  254,  R.  1),  so  aequum  erat,  fuerat, 
may  take  tlie  place  of  the  imperfect  and  pluperfect  subjunctive. 

3.  introieram  ;  understand  in  vitam. 

5.  videar  :  i.e.  mihi  videar. 

quia  cum  Scipione  vixerim :  in  causal  clauses  introduced  by 
quod,  quia,  and  denoting  the  reason  of  the  speaker,  the  indicative  is 
ordinarily  used,  but  the  subjunctive  is  sometimes  used  to  eraphasize 
the  circumstance  as  a  motive. 

quocum  mihi  coniuncta  est :  vnth  lohom  I  shared;  mihi  is 
Dative  of  Agent. 

6.  de  publica  re  :  publica  is  placed  before  its  substantive  to 
heighten  the  antitliesis  with  privata.  Cf.  p.  6,  I.  6,  nostrorum 
maiorum. 

7.  domus:  not  that  they  occupied  the  same  dwelling,  but 
shared  each  other's  homea. 

militia :  Laelius  had  been  legatus  under  Scipio  in  the  war  against 
Carthage. 

8.  omnis  vis  amicitiae :  the  whole  essence  of  friendship. 


58  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

voluntatum,  studionim,  sententiarum  :  tastes,  amhitio7is,  and 
conrirtioHs ;  sententiae  refers  especially  to  fundamental  views  of 
life  and  conduct. 

10.  modo  :  viz.  p.  ?>,  1.  10. 

1 1 .  falsa  praesertim  :  with  causal  f orce,  —  especiaUii  as  it  is 
unfoxinded. 

quod  spero  :  lit.  the  fact  that  I  hope ;  but  it  is  better,  in  view 
of  the  correlative /«)««,  to  render  :  '  the  hope  that.' 

12.  idque  :  i.e.  this  refiection. 

VA.  magis  est  cordi :  is  the  more  gratifying ;  cordi  is  Dative 
of  l\irpose. 

14.  tria  aut  quattuor  paria  :  three  or  four  pairs,  viz.  Theseus 
and  l^irithous,  Orestes  and  Pylades,  Achilles  and  Patroclus,  Damon 
and  Phintias  (Pythias). 

15.  sperare  videor  :   I  fatter  ini/seJf  icith  the  hope. 
Scipionis  et  Laeli :  made  emphatic  by  being  placed  before  the 

governing  word. 

17.  istuc  .  .  .  ita :  ita  is  here  pleonastic,  as  occasionally  else- 
where. 

19.  feceris,  si  diaputaris  :  the  use  of  the  future  perfect  in  both 
members  of  a  conditional  sentence  indicates  the  two  acts  as  con- 
temporaneous  ;  fi.  244,  Rem.  4. 

20.  ceteris  rebus  :  i.e.  other  as  opposed  to  amicitia.  Cf.  p.  3, 
1.  21,  in  reJi(jHa  (iraecia. 

21.  quid  sentias,  etc:  according  to  Reid,  quid  sentias  is  general 
and  is  furtlier  explained  by  quatem  existimes  and  quae  praecepta 
des. 

23.  atque  :   emphatic,  —  a  nd  in  fact. 

24.  cum  .  .  .  conarer,  Fannius  antevortit .-  our  English  idiom 
inverts  these  clauses,  —  /  icas  on  the  point  of  urging  this  verij 
thing,  icJien  Fannius  anticipated  me. 

tecum  agere  :  see  note  on  p.  2,  1.  11. 

25.  gratum  admodum  :  for  tlie  position  of  the  adverb,  see  note 
on  p.  1,  1.  15,  pauci  adiaodam. 


NOTES  59 


CHAPTKKS    V. -VII.  §  24 

Laelius  pleads  that  he  is  nneqiial  to  the  task  siigfjested  bij  Scae- 
vola  and  Fannius,  and  for  a  systematic  discussion  of  friendship 
refers  the  yoiinj  men  to  the  professional  philosophic  teachers.  For 
himself,  however,  he  urges  them  to  pitt  friendship  before  all  other 
earthly  things.  But  the  relation,  he  adds,  can  subsist  only  between 
the  good.  Between  such,  friendship  has  botmdless  opportunities. 
Nothing  can  give  more  solace  than  a  true  friend,  lohether  in  pros- 
perity  or  adversity.  All  men  recognize  this  too.  What  applanse 
recently  in  the  theater,  when  Pacuvius^s  Dulorestes  was  brought 
out !  Hoio  the  audience  rose  to  their  feet  as  Orestes  and  Pylades 
each  strove  to  sacrifice  his  Ufe  for  the  other  !  '  But  this  is  all  I  can 
say ;  for  anylhing  more  ask  the  men  of  the  schools.'' 

26.  mihi  confiderem:  Jido  and  confido  regularly  take  the  Da- 
tive  of  the  rersoii. 

27.  praeclara  res  est  et  sumus  otiosi:  chiastic  arrangement. 

29.  doctorum  :  the  enipliasis  rests  upon  this  word,  — that  cus- 
tom  belongs  to  scholars;  doctorum  is  predicate  genitive. 

eaque :  and  that,  too,  i.e.  and  that  especially. 

30.  ut  eis  ponatur,  etc. :  explanatory  of  ista  consuetudo,  to 
have  a  siibject  set  them  for  discussion ;  de  qno  dispntent  is  a 
Relative  Clause  of  Purpose.  According  to  Cicero  de  Fin.  II. 
1.  1,  Gorgias  of  Leontini  (480-375  b.c),  one  of  the  Sophists,  insti- 
tuted  this  custoni. 

quamvis  subito  :  however  unexpectedly . 

31.  non  parva  :  Vitoie?,  iov  magna. 

32.  quae  disputari  possunt :  referring  to  Fannius^s  words  in 
§  16  (p.  7,  1.  21),  de  amicitia  disputaris.  Laelius  declines  to  un- 
dertake  a  philosophical  discussion  {disputatio) ,  and  restricts  liim- 
self  to  a  few  practical  observations. 

8.  1.  ab  eis  censeo  petatis:  I  suggest  that  you  seek  from 
those ;  censeo  was  the  technical  word  used  for  voting,  or  making  a 
motion  in  the  Senate  ;  petatis  (without  ut ;  see  A.  &  G.  331,  /, 
Rem. ;  B.  295,  8  ;  H.  499,  2)  is  a  substantive  clause  and  used  as 
the  object  of  censeo.  Cf.  Pliilippics,  II.  37.  95,  meditere  censeo ; 
Pliny,  Epistles,  VI.  9.  2,  Tu  tamen,  censeo,  alios  roges. 


60  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

qui  ista  profitentur  :  roho  make  a  biisiness  ofthat,  i.e.  the  pro- 
fessioiial  philosophers. 

2.    tantum :  onlij. 

'.].  naturae  aptum :  to  live  '  according  to  Nature '  was  one  of 
tlie  most  fuudaniental  doctrines  of  tlie  Stoic  creed.  Cf.  Cato  Maior, 
§  5,  m  hoc  sumiis  sapientes,  quod  naturam  optimam  ducem  tamquam 
deum  sequimur  eique  paremus.  Cf.  below,  p.  8,  I.  25,  quia  se- 
quantur  naturam  optimani  hene  vivendi  ducem.  As  a  Stoic,  Laelius 
nalurally  approves  tlus  ideal. 

4.    tam  conveniens  :  i.c  notliing  that  accords  so  well. 

o.    Sed  hoc  primum  sentio  :  Mit  this  is  my  Jirst  thouyht. 

in  bonis  :   iiiti^r  honoti  is  used  in  the  same  sense,  p.  27,  1.  5. 

0.  neque  id  ad  vivum  reseco  :  lit.  nor  do  I  cut  that  to  the 
quick,  i.e.  I  do  not  detine  that  (viz.  good  men)  with  excessive  pre- 
cision  ;  the  figure  is  taken  fi-ora  the  surgeon's  art. 

7.  illi  qui  haec  subtilius,  etc.  :  i.e.  the  philosopliers. 
vere  :   /.<'.  ■with  justice. 

8.  ad  communem  utilitatem  parum  :  icith  too  little  reference 
to  tlie  coninion  n-cid,  i.i'.  sueh  inipu.ssible  ideals  of  virtue  are  inad- 
visable  ;  parum  is  emphatic,  as  sliown  by  its  position  after  tlie 
clause  wliich  it  modilies. 

negant  enim  quemquam,  etc. :  one  of  tlie  celebrated  Stoic 
paradoxes. 

9.  Sit  ita  sane  :  so  be  it,  then :  for  this  colloquial  use  of  sane, 
see  Lex.  2,  h,  (7)  ;  for  the  Jussive  Subjunctive  with  the  force  of  a 
concession,  see  A.  &  G.  266,  c;  B.  278;  G.  264  ;  H.  484,  IIL 

10.  eam  sapientiam  interpretantur,  etc. :  theij  understand  by 
loisdom  thuL  vhirh,  eti'.,  lit.  thi'ij  undfr^tand  that  as  wisdom;  in- 
terpretor  talces  two  accusativcs,  direct  object  and  predicate  accusa- 
tive,  like  verbs  of  calling,  regardinij,  etc.  Cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  36, 
quos  ait  Caecilius  comicos  stultos  senes,  hos  signi^ficat  credulos  obli- 
viosos,  litultos ;  eam  quam  for  id  quod  is  attracted  to  tlie  gender  of 
sapientimn. 

mortalis  nemo  :  nwrtalis  in  tlie  sense  of  homo  occurs  in  Cicero 
only  when  combined  with  nemo,  multi,  omnes,  cuncti. 

11 .  in  usu  vitaque  communi  :  in  the  experience  and  life  ofall. 
quae  finguntur  :  i.i'.  mere  conceptions  of  tlie  iniagination. 

13.    C.    Fabricium,    M'.   Curium,    Ti.   Coruncanium :    often 


NOTES  61 

alliuled  to  by  Cicero  as  typical  represcntatives  of  tlie  oid  Roinan 
virtue.  Their  names  occur  in  tlie  sanie  order  in  Cato  Alaior,  §  15. 
Fabricius  was  especially  conspicuous  in  the  war  against  Pyrrhus 
(281-275  B.C.).  Curius  and  Coruncanius  were  contemporaries  of 
Fabricius,  and  Vike  him  served  with  distinction  in  the  war  against 
Pyrrhus. 

15.  noBtri  maiores:  nostri  is  placed  first  for  the  purpose  of 
contrast ;  see  note  on  nostrorum  maioriim,  p.  6,  1.  6. 

istorum  :  viz.  tlie  philo.sophers  (lui  haec  subtilius  disserunt. 

1().  sibi  habeant  sapientiae  nomen  :  i.e.  let  them  keep  to 
themselves,  in  tlie  sense  that  tlie  average  man  has  no  wish  to  avail 
himself  of  sucli  philosophical  subtleties.  As  in  the  .similar  passage, 
Cato  Maior,  §  58,  sibi  habeant  igitur  anna,  etc. ,  tlie  emphasis  rests 
upou  sibi. 

17.   invidiosum:  in  consequence  of  its  pretentiousness. 

obscurum :  as  being  unintelligible  to  tlie  average  man. 

concedant :   (but)  let  thein  admit ;  adversative  asyndeton. 

19.  Agamus  pingui  Minerva :  let  us  proceed  loith  our  dull  wit ; 
the  name  of  Minerva.  the  tutelary  goddess  of  intellectual  pursuits, 
is  here  used  in  a  transferred  sense  for  intelligence  itself ;  pingtds, 
originally  'thick,'  'fat,'  'heavy,'  is  often  thus  applied  to  the  mind. 

ut  aiunt:  this  implies  that  the  expression  was  a  proverbial  one. 
Cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  21,  nec  sepulcra  legens  vere.or,  quod  ainnt,  ne 
memoriam  perdant. 

21.  fides  integritas,  aequitas  liberalitas  :  these  words  are  to 
be  taken  in  pairs  ;  the  first  two  represent  types  of  honor,  the  second 
two,  types  of  justice. 

25.  quia  sequantur  :  not  the  speaker's  reason,  but  the  reason 
which  is  to  influence  tlie  persons  referred  to  in  the  subject  of 
putemus.     Hence  the  subjunctive. 

26.  Sic  .  .  .  ita :  sic  is  explained  by  natos  esse,  etc.  ;  ita  by  the 
clause  iit  esset;  cf.  p.  1,  1.  4,  ita  eram  deductus  ad  Scuevolam,  ut 
numquam  discederem. 

28.  societas  quaedam :  a  certainfellowship. 

maior  ut :  greater  {in  proportion)  as ;  we  should  have  expected 
eo  maior  quo  prnpius. 

29.  accederet:  i'.e.  in  social  and  domestic  relations. 

30.  alieni :  ('.  e.  by  blood. 


62  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

cum  his :  r('ferriiig  to  propinqui  as  iieare.st  in  tliought,  though 
not  last  uieutioned.     Cf.  p.  4,  1.  24,  haius. 

31.  sed  ea  :  ea  refers  not  simply  to  amicitia,  but  to  amicitia 
cuia  /iropiitquis. 

Namque  hoc  :   fnr  in  this  respect. 

32.  ex  propmquitate  benevolentia  tolli  potest,  etc.  :  i.e.  the 
elenient  of  inutual  regard  may  disappear,  aud  tlie  relation  of  pro- 
pinquitas  still  remain,  but  in  case  of  friend.ship  henevolentia  is 
soinething  vital  aud  es,seutial. 

9,  1.  ex  amicitia  non  potest:  hiit  not  from  friendsliip ;  in 
such  negative  antitlieses  as  tliis  tiie  verb  is  repeated  in  Latin, 
often  without  any  coujunction.  Cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  83,  videre  .  .  . 
non  viderc. 

2.  amicitiae  nomen  :  the  genitive  is  apiiositional. 

3.  propinquitatis :  sc.  nomen. 
manet :  adver.sative  asyndeton. 

Quanta  vis  amicitiae  sit,  i.e.  the  profound  siguificance  of  friend- 
sliip. 

4.  ex  hoc  maxime  :  from  this  especialJy. 

5.  ex  infinita  societate  generis  humani,  etc. :  i.e.  the  relation 
of  friendsliip  lias  been  uarrowed  froiu  its  application  to  the  entire 
liumau  race  iu  its  wide  aud  undefined  relation.sliip,  so  as  to  apply 
ouly  to  a  relationship  wliich  exists  between  two  or  tliree  ;  conse- 
quently  its  intensity  is  corre.spoudingly  increased. 

6.  ita  contracta  les  est,  etc. ;  the  relation  (viz.  of  friendship) 
has  been  so  narrowed  and  confined  to  such  close  limits. 

7.  ut  iungeretur  :  the  Latin  regularly  uses  secondary  sequence 
after  tlie  present  perfect ;  iu  Englisli  we  use  prunary  sequence,  — 
so  that  all  affection  is  joined.  In  Euglish,  too,  we  should  preferably 
expre.ss  by  a  noun  the  idea  contaiued  in  iumjeretur, — so  that  the 
bond  of  affection  snbsists  oiih/  hetii'i'<'n,  ctc. 

9.  omnium  divinarum  humanarumque  rerum  consensio : 
agreement  liHth  recjard  to  all  things  divine  and  hnnian.  For  tliis 
extension  in  u.se  of  the  Objective  Genitive,  cf.  note  on  p.  5,  1.  17, 
maerore  funeris. 

10.  cum  benevolentia :  combined  icith  /i///(Z  feeling ;  tlie  prep- 
ositional  plirase  serves  as  an  attributive  uioditier  of  consensio  ;  cf. 
p.  25,  1.  3,  sine  nUa  e.rceptione  commnnitas. 


NOTES  63 

11.  haud  scio  an  iiihil  melius  datum  sit:  /  am  inrliupd  to 
think  nothinfj  better  hus  becn  c/iven;  iii  tlie  Ciceroiiian  period  haucl 
scio  an  regularly  lias  this  force. 

!•").   Beluarum  :  einpliatic  by  position  ;  est  is  to  be  supplied. 

hoc  quidem  extremum :  this  last,  viz.  vohiptates.  Tlie  singu- 
lar  is  used  as  referriiig  to  the  substance  only  of  wliat  is  implied  in 
voluptates.  Note  tlie  cliiasmus  in  beluarum  hoc  extremtim,  illa  su- 
periora  cacluca  et  incerta;  quidem  serves  merely  to  lend  emphasis 
ti)  hoc. 

1().    posita  .  .  .  in :  dependent  .  .  .  upon. 

17.  Qui  in  virtute  summum  bonum  ponunt:  this  was  the 
iStoic  view. 

18.  praeclare  :  ><c.  facinnt. 

10.  amicitiam  et  gignit  et  continet:  continet  liere  means 
'  maintains '  ;  with  the  whole  expression,  cf.  p.  39,  I.  13,  virtus  ami- 
citias  et  conciliat  et  conservat. 

20.  lam:  to  proceed,  noio. 

21.  ex  consuetudine  vitae:  i.e.  in  accordance  with  the  famil- 
iar  standards  of  actual  experience. 

sermonisque  nostri:  i.e.  the  customary  significance  of  the 
Latin  language. 

22.  nec  metiamur  virosque  numeremus :  these  clauses, 
though  grammatieally  coordinate  witli  tlie  preceding,  are  logicaily 
subordinate  and  explanatory,  —  not  estimatincj  it  by  the  standard 
of  high-sounding  definitions,  but  reckoning,  etc.  Note  the  adver- 
sative  force  of  -que. 

quidam  docti  :  the  i'eference  is  again  to  the  Stoics. 
verborum  magnificentia :  i.e.  liigli-sounding  philosophical  defi- 
nitions. 

23.  viros  bonos  eos :  eos  is  direct  object,  viros  bonos  pi-edicate 
accusative. 

qui  habentur  :  sc.  viri  boni. 

24.  Paulos,  Catones,  etc. :  the  generic  phiral,  —  men  like  FaulHS, 
Cato,  etc.  For  PauUis  and  Galus,  see  p.  4,  1.  21  ;  for  Pliihis,  p.  6, 
1.  18  ;  for  Cato  (the  Elder),  p.  2,  1.  !(!. 

25.  eos  qui  omnino  nusquam  reperiuntur :  i.e.  the  ideal  good 
men  of  the  Stoics  ;  with  negatives  omnino  usually  follows  ;  cf. 
p.  0,  1.  30,  ciuasi  natus  non  esset  omnino. 


64  LAELIUS   DE   AMK  ITIA 

20.  Talis  igitur:  irjitnr  resumes  the  interruption  at  p.  8,  1.  5, 
Sed  hoc. 

27.  opportunitates :  rhnrms ;  the  abstract  noun  becomes  con- 
crete  in  Ihe  pkiral. 

28.  Principio  :  we  shnuld  naturally  expect  this  to  be  followed 
by  deinde  later  on,  instead  of  whicli  the  second  point  is  introduced 
by  Cninqup,  p.  10, 1.  17.  Cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  45,  Primum  .  .  . ;  ego 
vero  .  .  .  quoqne. 

qui :  honi  ? 

29.  ut  ait  Ennius :  the  exact  source  of  the  quotation  is  not 
known.  Ennius  (2o9-169  b.c.)  was  the  author  of  the  Annales  and 
a  writer  of  tragedies,  saturae.,  etc.  Only  fragments  of  his  works 
have  come  down  to  us. 

quae  .  .  .  conquiescit:  ichirh  ^finds  repose ;  we  might  have 
expected  this  clause  to  stand  in  tlie  subjunctive,  but  Clauses  of 
Cliaracteristic  which  imply  a  condition  ('  if ')  regiilarly  stand  in  the 
indicative. 

30.  quicum :  qnirum  can  be  used  only  when  the  antecedent  is 
general  aud  indefiuite  ;  quurum  refers  to  a  definite  antecedent. 

32.  prosperis  rebus  :  for  the  order  see  note  on  p.  1,  1.  4,  virili 
tiKjd. 

10-    1.   aequeactu:  equallt)  tcith  you. 

2.  gravius  etiam :  etiam  receives  emphasis  by  being  placed 
after  the  word  modified  ;  cf.  p.  1,  1.  15,  pauci  admodum. 

4.  fere:  as  a  rule. 

5.  utare :  sc.  eis. 

opes:  i.e.  poUtical  and  social  influence,  as  also  Cato  Maior,  §  8. 

6.  valetudo:  here  {/ood  heaUh.     Cf.  p.  4,  I.  9. 

8.    verteris  :  perfect  subjunctive  ;  subordinate  clau.ses  expressed 
by  the  general  second  singuLar  stand  regularly  in  the  subjunctive. 
nullo  loco :  Ablative  of  Separation. 

10.  ut  aiunt :  see  note  on  p.  8,  1.  19. 
locis  pluribus :  i.e.  on  more  occasions. 

11.  devulgari:  sc.  amicitia. 

mediocri:  i.e.  friendship  which  ranks  betvi^een  the  inferior 
{vuhjaris)  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  liigher  {vera  et  perfecta)  on 
the  other. 

13.   qualis  eorum  :  sc.  est  amicitia. 


NOTES  65 

eorum,  qui  pauci  nominantur :  i.e.  of  the  few  who  are  men- 
tioned  ;  cf.  p.  7,  1.  13,  ex  omnibus  saeculis  vix  tria  aut  quattuor 
nominantur  paria  amicorum. 

15.    partiens  communicansque  :  i.e.  by  sharing  what  it  has. 

17.  Cumque  :  and  while  {■a.dwevs&tiye). 

18.  tum:  corresponding  to  Pn'HC?)jto,  p.  9,  1.  28.  In  that  passage 
mention  was  made  of  tlie  present  advantages  derived  from  friend- 
ship  ;  here  attention  is  called  to  its  prospective  blessings. 

illa :  the  following  {advantaije)  ;   commoditas  is  to  be  supplied 
in  thought. 
praestat  omnibus  :  is  superior  to  all  (others). 

19.  quod  .  .  .  praelucet:  explanatory  of  illa;  praelucct  is 
liere  transitive,  —  sheds  the  radiance  of  confident  hope  before  us. 

in  posterum:  for  thefuture. 

20.  cadere  ;  to  lanynish. 

21.  tamquam :  the  'apologetic'  tamquam ;  tamquam  and  quasi 
are  oftcn  thus  used  when  the  author  employs  a  word  or  plirase  in 
some  bold  or  unusual  figurative  sense,  where  an  English  writer 
might  liave  added  'so  to  spealt,'  'if  I  may  employ  that  term,'  or 
something  of  tlie  sort. 

exemplar  aUquod  sui :  an  image  of  himself. 

22.  absentes  adsunt :  i.e.  they  are  present  in  the  persons  of 
their  friends  wlio  are  their  exemplaria.  Note  tlie  oxymoron  in 
absentes  adsunt,  egentes  abundant,  etc. 

23.  egentes  abundant :  i.e.  they  can  avail  tliemselves  of  the 
possessions  of  their  friends,  according  to  the  Pytliagorean  maxim : 
Koiva.  To  Tajf  (pi\oou  ('  the  goods  of  friends  are  common '). 

difficilius  dictu :  the  thought  is  inaccurately  expressed.  Laelius 
really  nieans  more  difficult  to  believe,  i.e.  even  more  paradoxical  than 
the  previous  statements. 

24.  tantus  eos  honos  :  note  the  separation  of  words  that  gram- 
matically  belong  together  (trajectio) ;  cf.  p.  3,  1.  17,  iam  habebat 
in  senectute. 

25.  amicorum:  onthepartofone'sfriends;  Subjective  Genitive. 
Ex  quo  :   and  in  consequence  of  this  circumstance  ;  tlie  antece- 

dent  of  qito  is  the  previous  sentence  taken  as  a  whole  ;  so  below, 
p.  11,  1.  2. 

28.   illorum  :  tlie  dead. 


66  LAELIUS  DE   AMICITIA 

beata  mors,  vita  laudabilis  :  note  the  chiasmus. 

horum  :   the  living,  who  cherish  their  memory. 

27.  exemeris:  perfect  subjunctive.  See  note  on  1.  8,  above, 
verteris. 

ex  rerum  natura  :  frnm  t/ie  %i:orhl,  the  universe. 

benevolentiae  coniunctionem  :  i.e.  the  unifying  infiuence  of 
benevoleutia. 

29.  agri  cultus  :  for  the  usual  ayri  ridtiira. 

Id  si  minus  intellegitur :  id  refers  to  the  substance  of  the  pre- 
cediiig  sentencc,  aiid  is  furtlier  explained  by  the  clause  qnanta  .  .  . 
sit;  miuu.^i  is  liere  (■(juivaU-nt  to  iiou. 

30.  dissensionibus,  discordiis:  tlie  phual  denotes  repeated 
instances. 

ol.    percipi  potest :  viz.  liow  great  is  the  power  of  friendsliip. 
11.    1.    Quae  .  .  .  everti:    cf.   Sallust,  Jugurtha,   10,  0,  con- 
cordia  parrar  (v.s  rre.<rnnt.  discordia  maxnmae  dilabiintnr. 

3.  Agrigentinum  quendam  :  Phnpedocles,  of  Agrigentuni,  wlio 
fiourished  about  440  n.v.  Growtli  and  decay  were  referred  by  this 
phikjsopher  to  the  principles  of  love  and  hate  (<f>t\6Trjs,  veTKOi), 
exerted  upon  tlie  elements  of  wliich  tliings  were  composed.  Thls 
tlieory  wasset  forth  in  verse  in  Empedi)cles's  irepi  <pvafcos  (de  rcrum 
natnra). 

quidem  :  used  to  call  attention  to  Kmpcdocles  as  confirming  the 
truth  of  the  foregoing  statement. 

4.  vaticinatum :  just  as  vates,  primarily  'priest,'  'prophetlc 
slnger,'  came  in  time  to  be  used  in  the  sense  of  '  poet,'  so  vaticinor 
(lit.  'propliesy ')  is  licre  uscd  of  comitosing  poetiy. 

5.  quae  constarent,  quaeque  moverentur  :  whatever  is  stahle 
and  whatever  is  in  motion  ;  i.e.  the  entire  .sum  of  things.  The 
repetition  of  the  relative  is  intended  to  heigliten  the  antithesis. 

G.    contrahere  :  knits  together. 
dissipare  :  disinteijrates. 

7.  hoc  quidem  :  i.e.  the  general  principle  just  enunciated. 
omnes  mortales :  on  mortales  (  =  homines),  see  note  on  p.  8, 1. 10. 

8.  re  probant ;  i.e.  show  it  to  be  so  by  their  experience ;  cf. 
Cato  Maior,  §  !-!'),  re  experti  prohare  possitis. 

exstitit :   (.('.  is  manifested. 
11.    clamores  :  /.c.  applause. 


NOTES  67 

cavea;  the  name  cavea,  lit.  hoUoio  space,  was  applied  to  the 
sloping  tiers  of  seats  in  a  theater. 

hospitis  et  amlci  mei :  my  dmr  r/nest-frieml  (Nauck). 

12.  M.  Pacuvi:  Pacuvius  (219-129  n.c.)  was  one  of  the  two 
great  tragic  writers  orSiome,-Jiis  younger  contemporary,  Accius, 
being  the  other.  The  play  of  Pacuvius  here  alluded  to  is  probably 
the  Dulorestes  ('()re.stes  as  Captive'),  of  which  only  a  few  frag- 
ments  are  extant.  It  represented  Orestes  as  having  gone  wilh  his 
friend,  Pylades,  to  Taui'is  by  order  of  the  Delphic  oracle,  to  carry 
off  the  sacred  image  of  Artemis,  and  so  purify  himself  of  tlie  guilt 
he  had  incurred  by  the  murder  of  his  mother,  Clytemnestra.  The 
two  friends  were  seized  by  the  Taurians,  whose  custom  was  to 
execute  all  strangers,  and  were  brought  before  the  king  to  be  put  to 
death.  Euripides  iu  his  Iphigenia  in  Tauris  had  previously  treated 
the  saiue  tlienie. 

nuper  .  .  .  nova  fabula:  if  nnper  refers  to  the  immediate 
past,  Pacuvius  niiist  have  been  nearly  !)0  years  old  wlien  this  play 
was  brought  "Ut ;  but  the  word  is  probably  loosely  used. 

ignorante  rege :  ;.  e.  Thoas. 

14.  ita  ut  erat :  as  he  (really)  icas. 

Orestem  se  esse  perseveraret :  stuck  to  it  that  he  was  Orestes. 
In  de  Finibus,  V.  22. 63,  Cicero  cites  the  passage  here  referred  to  : 

Pyl.    I  am  Orestes. 

Or.   Nay  I,  I  say,  am  Orestes. 

BoTH.    Let  us,  then,  both  be  put  to  death. 

The  construction  of  the  infinitive  with  subject  accusative  is 
unusual  with  perseverare. 

15.  Stantes  plaudebant:  i.e.  the  audience  stood  up  in  tlieir 
enthusiasm,  to  give  their  applaase. 

in  re  ficta:  in  the  case  of  a  myth;  cf.  p.  4,  1.  21,  in  pneris,  'in 
the  case  of  children.' 

16.  arbitramur  :  less  distant  in  tone  than  the  second  person 
{arhitramini)  would  have  been  ;  cf.  p.  6,  1.  25,  censemus. 

17.  Facile  :  here  ahnost  equivalent  in  sense  to  our  involuntarily. 
natura  :  i.e.  their  natural  feeling. 

homines  :  i.e.  tlie  audience. 

18.  nonpossent:  /.(?.  morally  unable. 


68  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

in  altero  :  here  =  in  alio. 

20.    Hactenus  :  i.e.  only  so  far  as  this. 

22.  si  videbitur :  please ;  a  coUoquial  phrase,  used  to  soften 
the  force  of  the  imperative. 

qui  ista  disputant :  see  note  on  p.  8,  1.  1,  qui  ista  profitentnr. 

2.3.  quaeritote  :  the  future  imperative  is  the  regular  tense  after 
a  protasis  staudiug  in  the  future  indicative. 


CIIAPTER   VII.  §  25 

Scaevola  und  Fannius  beg  Laelius  to  contimie. 

24.    Nos  autem  a  te  potius:  sc.  quaerimus. 
2().   equidem:    in  Cicero  tliis  word  regularly  has  the  force  of 
ego  qnidem. 

filum  :  character,  lit.  thread,  fihre. 

27.  Tum  :  explained  by  the  followiug  si-clause. 

magis  id  diceres :  i.  e.  you  would  say  so  with  greater  confi- 
dence. 

28.  de  re  publica :  see  note  on  p.  G,  1.  20. 

29.  patronus :  iidcocaJc. 

30.  accuratam  orationem  Phili:  Philus''^  careful  argument ; 
Pliilus  had  defended  the  thesis  tliat  injustice  is  at  times  a  necessity 
in  government. 

31.  id  quidem  :  quidem  serves  mei'ely  to  eniphasize  tlie  pronoun, 
as  p.  0,  1.  15,  hoc  quidem. 

iustitiam  iustissimo  viro :  for  the  frequent  juxtaposition  of 
words  etymologically  related,  cf.  p.  2,  1.  28,  ad  senem  seneo:  de 
senectute. 

12.  1 .  amicitiam .  placed  first  as  conveying  thc  important  idea  ; 
as  governing  iniinilive  supply  in  thought  defendere. 

nonne  facile  :  sc.  erit. 

ob  eam  servatam:  for  Jtavinq  i/uarded  it. 

4.  Vim  hoc  quidem  est  afferre :  cf.  the  words  which  Caesar  is 
said  to  liave  uttered  as  lic  was  assassinated :  ista  quidem  vis  est. 
Suetonius,  lulius,  82. 

6.    studiis :  the  eai/i-r  interest. 


NOTES  69 


CHAPTERS    VIII.,    IX. 

Laehd?  consents  to  contimie  the  discussion,  and  takesupfirst  the 
grounds  off)  iondship.  These  are  not  to  be  soiight  in  considerations 
of  advantage,  but,  vather  in  the  spuntaneous  attachment  of  une  sonl 
to  another.  This  attnchment  often  increases  from  our  contempla- 
tion  of  a  friend's  goodness  and  character.  Friendships  formed  on 
this  basis  are  everlasting. 

9.  Saepissime  .  .  .  maxime:  i.e.  the  oftener  I  reflect  upon 
the  subject  of  friendship,  the  more  it  seems  to  me,  etc. 

igitur :  i.e.  siuce  you  compel  me  to  continue  the  discussion. 

10.  Ulud :  explained  by  the  clause,  utrum  desiderata  sit,  etc. 
considerandum :  worthy  of  consideration. 

propter  imbecillitatem,  etc. :  this  was  the  view  of  the  Epicu- 
reans  and  Cyrenaics. 

11.  desiderata  sit:  ums  felt  necessary,  i.e.  originally,  when 
friendship  was  first  instituted  ;  hence  desiderata  sit  is  foUowed  by 
secondary  sequence  (ut  acciperet). 

12.  meiitis  :=  beneficiis. 

quod  quisque  minus  posset:  a  power  lohich  each  did  not  pos- 
sess;  quod  depends  directly  upon  posset  as  an  Accusative  of  Result 
Produced. 

per  se  ipse  :  by  oneself  alone ;  for  the  nominative  ipse  (not  the 
accusative),  see  p.  3,  1.  6. 

14.  an  esset,  etc. :  the  alternative  includes  the  entire  remainder 
of  this  sentence,  in  wliich  esset  hoc  quidem,  etc,  though  grammati- 
cally  coordinate  with  the  clause  sed  antiquior,  etc,  is  logically 
subordinate  to  it,  —  or  whether,  while  this  (viz.  mutual  assistance), 
to  be  sure,  ivas  a  feature  of  friendship,  there  existed  (i.e.  ivhether 
there  did  not  exist)  another  cause,  one  that  reached  farther  back 
(antiquior)  and  was  nobler  and  emanated  rather  from  nature 
itself;  with  alia  catisa,  esset  is  to  be  supplied. 

16.  Amor:  emphatic, — forHis  love  that  prompts  to  establishing 
the  bond  of  good  will. 

18.    quidem:  to  he  sure. 

Nam  .  .  .  percipiuntur  .  .  .  in  amicitia  autem,  etc.  :  here 
agaiu,  in  spite  of  the  gramniatical  coordination,  the  one  clause  is 


70  LAELIUS  DE   AMICITIA 

logically  .subordiiiatu  to  llie  other,  — for  vhile  ndvantarfrs,  tn  h 
siire,  are  often  reaped  from  those  icho,  etc,  yet  iufriendship  p.dh- 
ing,  etc. 

19.  simulatione  amicitiae  coluntui  et  observancur  tempo- 
ris  causa  :  note  tl)e  cluasimi.s. 

temporis  causa:  on  account  of  {some  present)  exigency. 

2  L    et,  quidquid  est :  et  lias  adversative  f orce. 

verum,  voluntarium:  ver^im  is  contrastedwith^ciMm,  volunla- 
rium  witli  siinulatum. 

22.  a  natura:  the  emphasis  re.sts  upon  this  phrase,  —  His  from 
nature,  therefore. 

potius,  magis :  potius  excliides  the  second  alternative  ;  magis 
merely  restricts  its  scope. 

23.  applicatione :  as  a  consequence  of  the  devotion  ofthe  heart ; 
Ablative  of  Cause. 

cum  quodam  sensu:  comhined  with  a  certain  feeling ;  cf.  p. 
9,  1.  10,  cum  benevolentia  ;  sensu  is  in  strong  contrast  with  cogita- 
tione,  i.e.  the  emotional  or  uioral  natnre  of  friendship  is  asserted 
as  ngainst  a  purely  intellectual  origin. 

24.  illa  res  :  not  friendsliip,  but  the  forming  of  friendships. 

25.  Quod  quidem  quale  sit :  how  this  is,  noxo,  viz.  how  it  is 
that  friendsliip  springs  from  a  spontaneous  impulse  and  not  froni 
deliberate  calculation  of  advantage. 

26.  in  bestiis  quibusdam :  in  the  case  of  certain  heasts;  not 
in  the  case  of  all,  for  some  deposit  eggs  and  never  know  their  own 
offspring. 

27.  ex  se  natos  :  their  offspring. 

ad  quoddam  tempus:  viz.  till  the  young  can  care  for  them- 
selves  ;  cf.  Cic.  de  Nat.  Deo.  II,  51,  129,  usque  ad  finem  dum  pos- 
sent  se  ipsi  defendere. 

28.  Quod  in  homine  :  quod  has  the  same  antecedent  as  above 
in  line  2.j. 

30.  quae  est,  quae  potest :  when  a  single  antecedent  is  thus 
followed  by  two  relative  clauses  without  a  connective,  the  former 
is  merely  explanatory  or  semi-parenthetical  in  character  ;  cf.  Cato 
Maior,  §  59,  in  eo  lihro  qui  est  de  tuenda  re  familiari,  qui  Oecono- 
micus  inscribitur.  When  the  two  relatives  are  employed,  the  for- 
mer  often  results  from  the  necessity  of  avoiding  a  prepositional 


NOTES  71 

phrase  directly  limiting  a  noiin.  So  in  the  present  passage, 
the  love  between  parents  and  children ;  similarly  in  the  passage 
cited  from  the  Cato  Maior,  the  book  on  the  management  of  prop- 
erty.  Such  prepositional  phrases,  though  extremely  commou  in 
English,  are  very  sparingly  used  in  Latin.     B.  353,  5. 

quae  dirimi  non  potest:  as  opposed  to  the  feelings  of  auinials, 
whicli  last  only  for  a  ccrtain  time  {ad  qnoddam  tempus). 

31.  nisi  detestabili  scelere  :  as  instances  of  such  crinies,  editors 
cite  the  treasou  of  Brutus's  sons  and  Orestes's  murder  of  (Mytem- 
nestra. 

similis  sensus:  i.e.  similar  to  the  sentiments  existing  between 
parents  and  cliildren. 

32.  si  aliquem  :  less  indefinite  than  si  qiiem  would  have  been. 
13.    1.    cuius  .  .  .  congruamus:  Clause  of  Characteristic.    The 

thought  is  inaccurately  expressed.  Laelius  means :  loith  whose 
character  and  nature  ours  agree. 

quod  .  .  .  videamur :  this  is  the  second  reason  (introduced 
by  deinde),  corresponding  to  ex  caritate;  the  reason  is  giveu  as 
that  existing  in  the  mind  of  the  subject  of  videamur,  and  not 
as  that  of  the  speaker,  hence  the  subjunctive.  Cf.  p.  8,  1.  25, 
quia  sequantur. 

2.  quasi  lumen  :  the  '  apologetic '  quasi;  see  note  on  tamquam, 
p.  10,  1.  21. 

4.  quippe  cum :  frequently  found  instead  of  the  simple  cum 
(causal). 

7.  C.  Fabrlci,  M'.  Curi  :  see  note  on  p.  8,  1.  13.  With  proper 
names,  asyndeton  is  regular  when  the  praenomen  is  expressed  ;  so 
ahuost  invariably  witli  the  names  of  consuls. 

8.  usurpet :  cherish  ;  lit.  use,  exercise. 

quos  numquam  viderit :  though  he  has  never  seen  them ; 
Clause  of  Characteristic  witli  accessory  adversative  force.  A.  &  G. 
320,  e  ;  B.  283,  3,  a. 

9.  Sp.  Cassium,  Sp.  Maelium :  in  the  year  486  b.c.  Spurius 
Cassius,  a  patriciau,  then  consul  for  tlie  third  time,  brought  for- 
ward  the  first  recorded  agrarian  law.  This  roused  a  suspicion 
that  he  was  aiming  at  absolute  power,  aud  so  led  to  his  condemna- 
tion  and  execution.  In  439  i$.c.  Spurius  Maelius,  by  selling  graiu 
at  a  merely  nomiiial  price  in  a  season  of  great  scarcity,  incurred 


72  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITL\ 

siinilar  suspicion,  in  consequence  of  wliich  lie  was  summaiily  put 
to  deatli. 

IL   in  Italia  :  to  be  taken  with  est  decertatum. 

decertatum :  (lepuyno,  decerto,  etc,  mean  'to  fight  it  out,' 
'  light  to  the  end.' 

12.  ab  altero  :  viz.  Pyrrhus. 

propter  probitatem :  Pyrrlms  treated  the  Roman  captives  with 
great  consideration,  and  even  retuiuied  them  without  ransoni  when 
Fabricius  revealed  to  him  the  criminal  designs  of  his  own  physician. 

non  nimis  alienos  animos  :  no  special  aversiou. 

13.  propter  crudelitatem  :  HannibaPs  conduct  hardly  justittes 
this  accu.sati()n.  Ile  was  cliaracterized  by  generosity  und  even  by 
chivah-y.  Cicero,  however,  in  common  with  the  other  Romau 
writers,  repeatedly  alludes  to  him  as  cruel ;  cf .  Cato  Maior,  §  75  ;  so 
also  often  in  the  Orations. 

15.  vel  in  eis :  vel  is  intensive,  not  correlative  with  vel  before 
quod  maius. 

17.  in  hoBte  etiam  :  in  an  enemy  even ;  etiam  gains  emphasis 
by  being  placed  after  the  words  modified. 

si  .  .  .  moveantur  :  if  the  feelings  should  he  stirred ;  we  should 
naturally  expect  the  indicative. 

18.  cum  videantur  :  Subjunctive  by  Attraction. 
eorum  :  ou  tJic  part  tfthose. 

quibuscum  .  .  .  possunt :  i.e.  their  fellow-citizens. 

20.  Quamquam  :  corrective,  —  and  yet  =  Kairoi. 

21.  studio  :  (lecotion. 

22.  motum  animi  et  amoris ;  there  is  a  hendiadys  in  the  words 
animi  et  amoris,  —  the  impulse  of  the  mind  toioard  affection ;  the 
idea  in  motum  animi  is  the  same  as  that  expressed  by  applicatione 
animi  above,  p.  12, 1.  23. 

24.  magnitudo:  intoisity. 

25.  ut  sit,  per  quem  assequatur:  explanatory  of  ab  imbeciUi- 
tate  ;  pcr  ijH<')a  asseqaalur  is  a  Relative  CLause  of  Purpose. 

quod  desideret :  Subjunctive  by  Attraction. 

quisque  :  qui.^ique  regularly  stands  in  tlie  relative  clause,  which, 
however,  more  commonly  precedes. 

20.  minime  generosum  :  as  opposed  to  the  puichrior  caiisa  ad- 
vocated  p.  12,  1.  15. 


NOTES  73 

ut  ita  dicam  :  apologetic,  like  tahiqi((i.)ii,  (jxasi ;  see  note  on  p.  10, 
1.  21.  The  word  geJierostis,  '  of  noble  birth,'  is  strictly  applicable 
only  to  persons  ;  hence  the  neccssily  of  some  (lualifying  phrase  in 
the  present  instance. 

28.  volunt :  i.e.  will  have  it,  regard  it,  as  born  of  helplessness, 
etc. 

Quod  si  ita  esset :  if  (his  loere  so. 
ut :  according  as,  in  proportion  as. 

29.  minimum:  i.e.  miniinnm  viritim,  the  expression  employed 
p.  19,  1.  24. 

32.  nullo  :  regularly  used  to  supply  the  missing  ablative  of 
nemo. 

14.  1.  suaque :  the  -qrie  is  here  adversative,  as  in  virosque 
mtmeremus,  p.  9,  1.  23. 

in  se  ipso  posita:  i.e.  depend  upon  himself ;  cf.  p.  3,  1.  26,  ut 
omnia  tua  i)t  te  posita  esse  ducas. 

4.  sed  ego  :  supply  eum  dilexi  from  me  dilexit  below. 

5.  virtutis  eius :  one  genitive  dependent  upon  another,  as  in 
illius  fnr(jris ,  p.  16,  1.  25. 

opinione  fortasse  non  nulla :  Laelius,  with  due  modesty,  refers 
to  Africanus's  sentiment  siniply  as  an  opinio,  i.e.  not  a  deliberate 
judgment,  but  rather  an  impression,  notion  ;  opinione  is  Ablative 
of  Cause. 

8.  multae  et  magnae  :  Englisli  does  not  use  the  conjunction  in 
such  cases  as  this  ;  in  Latin  the  conjunction  is  regular. 

consecutae  sunt :  used  absolutely  ;  consequor  denotes  espe- 
cially  a  natural  or  necessary  consequence. 

sunt  causae  profectae :  the  expression  is  pleonastic  ;  it  is  not 
the  causes  of  love  that  are  denied  by  Laelius  to  emanate  from  hope 
of  advantage,  but  the  love  itself  ;  cf.  for  similar  instances  of  pleo- 
nasm  Livy,  XXXII,  34,  7,  ah  ilUs  principium  helli  ortum  est ;  Cic. 
in  Cat.  IV,  6.  11,  versatnr  mihi  ante  oculos  aspecttis  Cethegi. 

11.    exigamus  :  the  technical  expression  for  calling  in  a  loan. 

faeneramur  :  i.e.  loan  it  out  like  money  to  be  repaid.  The  sug- 
gestion  of  usury  was  always  invidious  to  the  lloman  mind.  For  a 
similar  characterization  of  mercenary  friendship,  cf.  de  Nat.  Deo. 
I,  122,  quam  (=  amicitiam)  si  ad  fructnm  referemus,  non  erit  ista 
amicitia,  sed  mercatiira  quaedam. 


74  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

14.  expetendam :  ivnrthy  of  beiug  soiight;  cf.  p.  12,  1.  10,  con- 
sideranAum. 

15.  Ab  his :  neuter ;  =  ab  his  rebus ;  the  substantive  iise  of 
neuter  pronouns  and  adjectives  outside  of  the  nominative  aud  ac- 
cusative  cases  is  confined  by  Cicero  to  very  narrow  limits.  Other 
instances  are  similiwn,  p.  21,  1.  9  ;  de  hoc,  p.  1,  1.  11.  More  fre- 
quently  res  is  used  with  an  adjective  or  pronoun  in  agreement,  as 
ab  his  rebus,  similium  rerum,  de  hac  re. 

qui  ad  voluptatem  referunt:  the  Epicurean  ideal,  which  is 
here  referred  to,  was  not,  liowever,  sensual  pleasure,  as  voluptas 
implies,  butwas  the  highest  attainable  spiritual  trancjuillity,  dTapo|ia 
('freedom  from  trouble'). 

pecudum  ritu:  cf.  Beluarnm  hoc  quidem  extremum,  p.  9,  1.  15. 

17.  nihil,  nihil :  anaphora  ;  so  tam,  tam,  1.  19,  below. 

18.  suspicere :  look  up  to  {viith  reverence  or  respect)  ;  only  in 
the  perfect  participle  has  this  verb  the  sense  of  '  suspect '  ;  suspicere 
is  here  contrasted  with  suas  cogitationes  abiecerunt. 

19.  contemptam :  contemptible ;  the  verbal  adjective  \\\-ilis, 
-bilis  is  often  lacking  and  its  place  taken  by  the  participle  ;  so 
acceptus,  '  acceptable  ' ;  invictus,  '  invincible  '  ;  incorrupttis,  '  in- 
corruptible.' 

20.  hos  ab  hoc  sermone  removeamus  :  i.e.  let  us  leave  them 
out  of  account  iu  tliis  discussion. 

21.  sensum  diligendi :  the  impulse  to  love;  cf.  p.  12,  1.  24, 
sensu  ama)idi. 

22.  benevolentiae  caritatem :  cf .  benevolentia  et  caritate,  p.  9, 
1.  10  ;  caritatc  benevola,  p.  13,  1.  7. 

facta  significatione :  after  some  evidence  has  been  given. 

23.  Quam  qui  appetiverunt :  those  xoho  make  this  their  ob- 
ject,  viz.  caritcUem  henevolentiae.  For  the  double  relative,  cf. 
Cato  Maior,  §  2,  cui  qui  pareat;  §  64,  quibus  qui  splendide 
usi  sunt. 

applicant  se  et  propius  admovent :  draiv  near  and  attach 
themselves ;  hysteron  protei'on. 

24.  usu  et  moribus  :  i)itimacy  and  character. 

25.  fruantur :  otjoy  in  tlie  sense  of  avail  themselves  of,  not  take 
pleasure  in. 

pares  et  aequales  :  an  illustration  of  Cicero's  fondness  for  com- 


NOTES  75 

biiiing  .syuonyms  in  pairs  ;  cf.  p.  40,  1,  26,  cognoscendi  atqnc  dis- 
cendi;  Cato  Maior,  §  40,  rnnneri  ac  dono;  §  84,  offiria  et  munera. 

27.  haec  :  by  attraction  for  hoc. 

28.  et  (utilitates)   .  .  .  et  (erit) :  on  the  one  hand  .  .  .  on  the 
other. 

29.  a  natura  :  tlie  occnrrence  of  the  prepositional  phrase  modi- 
fying  a  siibstantive  is  justified  by  the  verbal  force  of  ortus. 

quam  ab  imbecillitate :   brachylogy  for  quam  si  ah  imbecil- 
litate  esset. 
81.    eadem  commutata :  the  rhantje  ofthe  same  (ntilitas). 
15.   2.    ad  haec  :  in  rephj  to  this,  sc.  dicere  or  respondere. 
4.    meo  iure  :  i.e.  as  the  elder. 


CHAPTERS   X.-XV. 

Dangers  that  threaten  the  perpetuity  of  friendships. —  To  tchat 
lenyths  should  one  go  in  helping  a  friend  9  Ask  of  others  and  do 
for  others  only  u-hat  is  honorahle.  This  is  friendship^ s  first  laic, 
and  in  execttting  it  ive  should  aim  not  merely  to  render  willing 
service,  but,  if  possible,  to  anticipate  the  needs  of  our  friends.  Yet 
ice  must  give  frank  counsel  too,  and  not  hesitate  to  chide  when 
occasion  demands. 

How  foolish  tojind  pleasure  in  public  office,  infame,  in  houses, 
in  luxurious  adornments,  and  not  in  the  affection  and  regard  of 
our  fellow-men,  than  which  heaven  has  given  no  sioeeter  blessing, 
and  ivithout  which  life  is  bleak  and  desolate  ! 

7.    Audite  vero :  listen,  then. 

9.    Quamquam  :  corrective  as  p.  13,  1.  20,  and  frequently. 

ille  quidem  :  quidern  serves  to  contrast  ille  (Scipio)  with 
Laelius,  and  iraplies  that  Laelius's  views  on  this  point  were  not 
in  harmony  with  Scipio's. 

1 1 .  non  idem  :  these  two  words  are  to  be  taken  together. 
expediret :  i.e.  for  both. 

incidere  :  incidere  always  implies  that  the  occurrence  is  unex- 
pected. 

12.  saepe :  with  mntari,  and  further  explained  hy  alias  .  .  . 
alias. 


76  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITL\ 

1.'].    alias  .  .  .  alias:  adverbs,  —  at  one  tiine  .  .  .  nt  another  tiine. 

adversio  rebus :  for  tlie  cmphatic  position  of  the  adjective, 
cf.  j).  1,  1.  4,  ririJi  toya  ;  p.  0,  i.  32,  prospfris  rebiis. 

IL  Atque :  oflen  used,  as  here,  in  passing  from  a  general 
proposition  to  a  particular  phase  or  illustration  of  the  same. 

earum  rerum  exemplum  ex  similitudine,  etc. :  clreiv  an  ilhis- 
tration  of  thix  iirinrlph'  from  llie  analoijij  of  earhj  youth. 

]().    summi  amores  :  deep  attachrnents. 

17.  praetexta  toga:  see  above  on  adversis  rebus,  1.  13. 
ponerentur :  icere  laid  aside,  — pono  for  depono  ;  the  choice  of 

pono  here  is  probably  determined  by  the  allusion  to  laying  aside 
the  toga  praetexta;  togam  praetextam  ponere  is  the  regular  phrase 
for  this. 

sin  :  wliere  sin  occurs  it  usually  corresponds  to  a  preceding 
clau.se  with  si ;  here  there  is  no  such  preceding  clause,  but  a  con- 
dition  is  really  implied  in  the  sentence  quod  .  .  .  ponerentzir,  which 
was  felt  by  Laelius  as  meaning,  ' ;/  there  is  attacliment  on  the 
l^art  of  boys,  it  is  usually  abandoncd  when  tliey  lay  aside  the  toga 
praetexta.' 

18.  contentione  uxoriae  condicionis :  riralnj  fir  a  vife ; 
for  this  extension  in  use  of  tlie  Objective  Genitive,  see  uote  on 
p.  5,  1.  17,  maerore  funeris,  ' grief  displayed  at  the  funeral'  ;  so 
honoris  contentionem,\.  22  below ;  condicio  (usually  without  uxoria) 
is  common  at  all  periods  of  the  language  in  the  sense  of  '  matcli,' 
'  partner. ' 

19.  alicuius  :  liere  in  the  sense  of  some  other. 

20.  quod  :  conjunction. 
Quod  si :  here,  but  even  if. 
qui :   iudefinite. 

21.  provecti  essent,  labefactari :  note  the  change  of  subject; 
witli  labefactari  understand  eam. 

24.  in  optimis  quibusque :  this  idiom  (when  persons  are 
referred  to)  is  regularly  contined  to  the  singular  (optimo  cuique, 
etc.)  ;  apparently  the  plural  is  here  used  because  the  reference 
is  to  pairs  of  friends. 

26.  exstitisse :  had  arisen ;  the  infmitive  (and  not  the  sub- 
junctive)  is  used  because  tlie  relative  clause  is  logically  coordinate 
with  what  precedes,  et  quo  being  equivaleut  to  nam  ex  eo. 


NOTES  77 

28.  ut  essent:  explanatory  of  aliquid  quod  nou  rectum  esspt. 

29.  adiutores  ad  iniuriam :  note  the  prepositional  phrase 
limiting  a  sulistantive. 

quod  recusarent :  quod  is  the  conjunction. 

30.  quamvis  honeste  :  UHth  however  honoraJile  motives. 
32.   quidvis  :  anijthiny  and  everythimj  (Keid). 

16.  4.  quasi:  apologetic  ;  see  note  on  p.  10,  1.  21  ;  fatum  is 
properly  used  only  with  reference  to  liunian  beings. 

5.  subterfugere  :  escape  from  under,  continuing  the  figure 
begun  in  impendere. 

sapientiae,  felicitatis  :  sc.  esse, — to  be  a  matter  not  only  of 
icisdom  but  actuaUy  nf  goocl  luck. 

6.  diceret  sibi  videri:  pleonastic  for  sihi  videretur,  i.e.  seemed 
to  him,  he  said. 

8.  quateuus  amor  progredi  debeat :  to  what  lenyths  love 
ought  to  go. 

0.  Numne  :  in  the  classical  Latin  found  only  liere  and  de  Nat. 
Deo.  I,  31,  88. 

ferre  illi  debuerunt :  was  it  their  dnty  to  hear  ? 

10.  cum  Coriolano :  vividness  is  gained  by  repeating  the 
proper  name  instead  of  using  the  pronoun. 

11.  Vecellinum:  i.e.  Spurius  Cassius  ;  see  note  on  p.  13,  1.  9. 
Maelium  :  see  note  on  p.  13,  1.  10. 

12.  Tib.  quidem  Gracchum :  as  regards  Gracchjis  at  any 
rate ;  quidem  serves  to  throw  Gracchus's  name  into  relief,  as 
compared  with  those  previously  mentioned.  The  reference  is  to 
tlie  famous  agrarian  agitator,  who  was  murdered  in  133  n.c.  by  a 
'  mob  of  gentlemen '  headed  by  P.  Cornelius  Scipio,  while  illegally 
offering  himself  as  a  candidate  for  the  tribunesliip,  an  office  he  was 
then  liolding. 

13.  Q.  Tuberone  :  Quintus  Aelius  Tubero  was  a  nephew  of  the 
younger  Scipio.  As  tribune  in  133  b.c.  he  showed  sturdy  oppo- 
sition  to  the  plans  of  Gracchus. 

aequalibus :  o/  the  same  age ;  Laelius  evidently  means  to  imply 
tliat  Gracchus  was  followed  only  by  the  young  and  inexperienced, 
—  men  like  C.  Cato  and  Carbo,  mentioned  p.  17,  1.  19. 

14.  derelictum :  de-  is  intensive  as  in  decertatum,  p.  13,  1.  11. 
C.  Blossius   Cumanus :    Gaius   Blossius  of   Cumae,  a  Stoic 


78  LAELIUS  DE   AMICITIA 

pliilosophor ;  as  stated  iii  what  loilows,  he  encouraged  Tiberius 
Gracchus  iii  tlie  formation  and  execution  of  his  plans  of  agrarian 
ref  orm . 

15.  hospes  :  (luest-fricnd. 

16.  aderam  Laenati  et  Rupilio,  otc.  :  Laenas  and  Rupilius 
were  consuls  in  132  is.c.  (tlie  year  after  Gracchus's  murder),  and 
conducted  an  inquiry  concerning  tlie  guilt  of  Gracchus's  acc(nn- 
plices  ;  in  tliis  investigation  Laelius  was  called  upon  for  advice. 

deprecatum  :  used  absolutely,  —  to  entreat  (me  to  urye  leni- 
encij). 

17.  ut  ignoscerem  :  depeudent  iipon  causam. 

18.  quod  tanti  fecisset :  that  lie  had  prized  so  highlii . 
quidquid  vellet :   Subjunctive  by  Attraction. 

2U.    Etiamne  :  ac.  hoc  putares  ? 

21.  id  quidem  :  quidem  serves  merely  to  make  id  emphatic. 

22.  Videtis,  quam  nefaria  vox :  sc.  sit ;  the  omission  of  the 
verb  in  indirect  questions  is  paralleled  in  Cicero  by  only  a  single 
example,  de  <>ff.   I,   152,  comparatio  de  duohus  utrum  honestius. 

2.3.   vel  plus  etiam  :  or  rather  even  more. 

24.  comitem  illius  furoris :  for  one  genitive  dependent  upon 
another,  cf.  p.  14,  1.  4,  (ulmiratione  virtutis  eius. 

25.  hac  amentia  :  causal. 

26.  quaestione  nova :  the  special  inquiry  conducted  by  the 
consuls. 

in  Asiam  profugit :  Blossius  fled  to  Aristonicus,  who  had 
seized  the  lcingdom  of  Attahis  just  bequeathed  to  the  Roman 
people. 

poenas  persolvit :  after  tlie  defeat  of  Aristonicus,  in  120  b.c, 
Blossius  took  his  own  life.  Note  the  vividness  lent  to  tlie  narration 
by  tlie  asyndeton  m  perfugit,  cnntuUt,  persolvit. 

27.  graves  iustasque :  -'/"'  is  adversative;  cf.  p.  9,  1.  22. 

29.  si  peccaveris,  si  defeceris  :  the  second  person  singular  is 
here  general  ;  the  present  tense  is  much  commoner  in  tliis  usage 
than  the  perfect ;  both  have  the  same  force,  however. 

conciliatrix :  Cicero  is  especially  fond  of  these  feminine  nouns 
of  agency  in  -tri.c,  coining  many  new  fonns  where  the  limited  noun 
is  feminine. 

30.  virtutis  opinio  :  i.e.  a  nuitual  presumption  of  virtue. 


XOTES  79 

31.  rectum  statueritnus  :  lit.  set  it  np  ns  rif/ht,  i.e.  rerfard  it 
as  the  riyht  thin(/. 

17.  1.  perfecta  quidem  sapientia,  Ptc. :  theplaniimuldhaveno 
defecti  loere  v;e  to  be  endowed  vnth  absolute  wisdam ;  the  main  prot- 
asis  of  this  senteiice  is  si  statuerimus,  the  apodosis  habeat  being 
later  restricted  in  its  application  by  the  addition  of  si  .  .  .  siinus. 

3.  qui  ante  oculos :  note  the  gradual  climax,  —  those  now  in 
the  public  view,  those  who  formerly  were,  tliose  of  whom  we  have 
heard  ;  quos  novit  vita  communis  refers  to  ali  three  classes  alilie. 

5.  Ex  hoc  numero:  emphatic  by  position,  —  this  is  the  number 
from  whirh,  etc. 

0.   ad  sapientiam :    i.e.  to  the  ideal  wisdom  of  the  Stoics. 

7.    Videmus  :   i.c.  see  from  the  records,  and  so  know. 

Papum  Aemilium  Luscino  :  Quintus  Aemilius  Papus  and 
Gaius  Fabricius  Luscinus  were  consuls  together  282  and  278  b.c, 
censors  in  275.  Notice  the  inversion  in  the  names  Papum  Aemi- 
lium ;  this  is  permissible  only  when  the  praenom^en  (Gaius,  Quintus, 
etc.)  is  omitted.  Even  then  Cicero  rarely  inverts  the  names, 
though  the  arrangement  is  very  common  in  Tacitus  and  other  post- 
Augustan  writers. 

9.  consules,  collegas :  predicates  of  eos  to  be  supplied  in 
thought. 

tum  :  again ;  not  temporal,  but  used  to  introduce  another  illus- 
tration. 

cum  eis  :  viz.  with  Papus  and  Luscinus. 

10.  M'.  Curium,  Ti.  Corvmcanium  :  see  note  on  p.  8,  1.  14. 

11.  Igitur  :  only  rarely  placed  at  the  beginning  of  a  .sentence  by 
Cicero.  Sallust  and  post-Augustan  writers,  however,  use  it  freely 
in  this  po.sition. 

12.  ab  amico  quippiam  contendisse  :  importuned,  a  friend  for 
antjthiny. 

14.  in  talibus  viris  :  in  case  of  such  men ;  cf.  p.  4,  1.  21,  in 
pueris. 

17.  rogatum:  v^hen  asked,  agreeing  with  the  subject  oi  facere. 

18.  Tib.  Gracchum  :  the  emphasis  rests  on  this  word,  —  but 
in  case  of  Gracchus,  noic. 

19.  C.  Carbo,  C.  Cato:  Gaius  Papirius  Carbo  was  an  able  but 
unprincipled  raan.     As  one  of  tlie  triumvirs  appointed  for  carrying 


80  LAELIUS   DE   AiNIICITIA 

into  execution  tlie  agrariaii  iaw  of  Tiberius  Gracclnis,  and  also  as 
tribune  of  tlie  plebs  in  131  b.c,  lie  displayed  tlie  bitterest  antago- 
nisni  toward  tlie  aristocracy,  and  was  even  suspected  of  the  murder 
of  Scipio  Africanus.  Subsequently,  after  tlie  deatli  of  Gaius  Grac- 
clius  (121  B.C.),  lie  endeavored  as  consul  to  ingratiate  liimself  with 
tlie  aristocratic  party,  but  witliout  success.  In  119  he  was  accused 
for  liis  participation  in  the  Gracclian  disturbances  and,  as  he  foresaw 
his  condemnation,  took  his  own  life.  Gaius  Cato  was  a  grandson 
of  Cato  the  Elder. 

et  minime  tum  quidem,  etc. :  and  /a'.s  hrolher  Qaius,  then,  tu  be 
sure,  hy  no  means  zealous,  nuiv,  hoioever  (idem),  verij  much  so ; 
with  minime  supply  in  thought  acer  (from  acerrimus);  nunc  (the 
time  of  the  dialogue)  is  129  b.c;  et  here  is  not  to  be  taken  as 
connecting  the  two  flnal  members  of  an  enumei-ation  of  three 
naines  (Carho,  Cato,  Gaius  frater),  but  Carho,  Cato  on  the  one 
hand  are  opposed  to  Gaius  on  the  other. 

21.  Haec  lex  :  explained  by  tlie  following  ?<<-clause. 

22.  ut  neque  .  .  .  nec  :  ut  neve  .  .  .  neve,  ov  ne  aut  .  .  .  aut 
would  liave  been  the  usual  mode  of  expression. 

23.  ceteris:  i.e.  otlier  tlian  the  special  instance  described  by 
the  clause  si  .  .  .  fateatur. 

25.  eo  loco  locati  sumus :  we  are  so  situated,  are  in  such  a 
condition. 

28.  de  spatio  curriculoque :  flgures  drawn  f  rom  racing  are 
very  fre^iuent  in  Latin  ;  cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  38,  haec  curricula 
mentis ;  §  83  fin.,  nec  vero  velim  quasi  decurso  spatio  ad  carceres 
a  calce  revocari. 

consuetudo  maiorum :  i.e.  the  custom  inaugurated  and  long 
foUowed  by  our  ancestors. 

29.  vel  regnavit :  or  rather  exercised  rerjal  power ;  vel  is  here 
equivalent  to  reJ  potius. 

30.  is  quidem  :  tliese  words  serve  merely  as  an  emphatic  repe- 
tition  of  tlic  subject  {Tih.  Gracchus). 

32.  in  P.  Scipione  :  in  the  case  of  Scipio ;  tlie  reference  is  to 
Africanus,  whose  recent  deatli  was  laid  at  tlie  door  of  tlie  revolu- 
tionary  party  ;  see  Introd.  §  5. 

18.  1.  non  queo  :  in  tlie  first  singular  Cicero  always  says  non 
queo,  not  nequeo. 


NOTES  81 

Nam :  elliptical ;  supply  in  thousht :  '  what  we  endured  from 
Carbo  I  will  not  mention.' 

2.    quoquo  modo  potuimus  :   i.e.  as  best  we  could. 

propter  recentem  poenam  Tib.  Gracchi  :  i.e.  to  preveut  a 
repetition  in  Carbo's  case  of  the  violent  measures  employed  against 
Tiberius  Gracchus. 

o.  de  C.  Gracchi  tribunatu :  i.e.  concerning  a  possible  tri- 
buneship  of  Gaius  Gracchus.  It  was  not  till  six  years  later  (123  h.c.) 
that  Gaius  was  elected  to  this  office.  But  he  was  already  an  ac- 
knowledged  leader  of  the  movement  organized  by  his  brother,  and 
hence  was  likely  to  stand  for  the  office  of  tribune. 

4.  autem :  tlie  position  of  aiitem  is  irregular ;  ordinarily  it 
would  immediately  follow  the  praenomen  ;  cf.  p.  28,  1.  12,  Q.  vero 
Jlifximitm. 

quid  exspectem :  what  to  expect ;  Deliberative  Subjunctive  in 
a  dependent  question. 

5.  Serpit  .  .  .  res:  i.e.  makes  its  way  stealthily. 
proclivis  :  the  adjective  has  adverbial  force. 

6.  coepit :  sc.  labi. 

in  tabella,  etc. :  emphatic  as  shown  by  the  position,  —  in  the 
matter  of  voting  you  see  what  a,  etc;  ordinarily,  the  interrogative 
stands  at  the  beginning  of  its  clause. 

7.  Gabinia  lege  .  .  .  Cassia  :  the  Gabinian  law  (passed  in 
139  B.c.)  established  a  secret  ballot  in  the  election  of  magistrates  ; 
by  tlie  Cassian  law  (passed  two  years  later),  the  secret  ballot  was 
introduced  into  the  courts.  Previous  to  that,  votes  were  given  viva 
voce,  but  this  system  had  given  rise  to  abuses  in  the  interest  of  the 
aristocrats. 

8.  populum :  i.e.  the  popular  party,  designated  immediately 
afterwards  as  multitudo. 

10.  haec  :  i.e.  these  radical  measures. 

11.  quam  .  .  .  eis  resistatur :  thnn  how  they  are  resisted;  eis 
refers  back  to  haec ;  ou  the  substantive  use  of  neuter  pronouns 
outside  of  the  nominative  and  accusative,  see  note  on  p.  14,  1.  15  ; 
resisto  being  intransitive  can  be  used  in  the  passive  only  imper- 
sonally. 

Quorsum  haec  :  sc.  dixi,  cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  13. 

13.    bonis :  in  the  political  sense  of  the  aristocrats  or  optimates. 


82  LAELIUS   DE  AMICITIA 

ut  ne  existiment :  nt  iie  is  fairly  frequeiit  iii  Cicero  for  the 
simple  ne. 

17.    alteruni:  liere  equivalent  to  rtZtjnH. 

20.  imperator  :  Tlieuiistocles  was  comniander  of  the  Athenians 
only.  The  Spartau  Eurybiades  was  conunauder-iu-chief  of  the 
couibined  Greek  forces. 

bello  Persico :  the  Secoud  Persian  War,  480  i$.c. 

2:i.  fecit  idem  :  (biit)  did  the  same  (i.e.  turned  traitor)  ;  adver- 
sative  asyudetou. 

viginti  annis  ante :  Theniistocles's  treasou  occurred  in  471  b.c.  ; 
Coriolanus's  iu  491. 

24.  His  :  fnr  thrse. 

25.  mortem  conscivit :  the  story  of  suicide  is  apocryphal  in 
the  case  of  both.  According  to  Thucydides  (I.  68),  Themistocles 
died  a  natural  death  at  Magnesia  in  Asia  Minor,  while  Coriolanus 
is  represented  by  Livy  as  liviug  to  an  advanced  age  among  tlie  Vol- 
scians. 

28.  ut  ne  quis  :  ou  ul  ne  instead  of  the  simple  ne,  cf.  1.  13  above. 
concessum  putet  sequi:  think  it  aUovjahle  to  folloio. 

29.  quod  quidem  haud  scio  an,  etc.  :  and  this  (viz.  lending 
aid  to  a  frieud  who  is  waging  war  against  his  country),  /  am  in- 
dined  to  think  may  yet  come  to  pass. 

80.  ut  res  ire  coepit :  iu  English  we  use  tlie  plura-1,  —  as  thinr/s 
have  he(jnn  to  rjo. 

19,   '2.    honesta:  ;'.r'.  o»/// what  is  riglit. 

3.  ne  exspectemus  quidem :  in  Euglish  we  .should  niake  tliis 
grammatically  subordiuate  to  faciamns, — and  that  too  iinthont 
VHiiting  to  be  asked. 

studium :   tciiJin<jness. 

5.  libere :  placed  at  the  end  of  the  seuteuce  for  the  purpose  of 
emphasis. 

amicitia  amicorum :  for  the  juxtaposition  of  words  etymologi- 
cally  related,  see  note  on  p.  2,  1.  28. 

0.    eaque  et :  <J  is  correlative  witli  et  in  1.  8. 

8.    si  res  postulabit :  to  be  taken  with  acriter  not  wlth  aperte. 

adhibitae  pareatur:  let  it  be  oheyed  lohen  applied;  with  adhi- 
bitae  sHppiy  lu  scuso  anctoritati ;  for  intransitive\erbs  used  im- 
persoimlly  iu  the  passive,  cf.  p.  18,  1.  11,  eis  resistatur. 


NOTES  83 

Nam:  elliptical,  as  above,  p.  18,  1.  1  ;  supply  in  thought:  '  other 
views  are  wrong,'  or  sonie  such  idea. 

9.  quibusdam  placuisse  mirabilia  quaedam :  by  (lit.  to) 
certnin  persons  quite  renntrkahle  vieics  irere  held ;  on  this  force  of 
qtiaedam,  see  note  on  p.  3,  1.  18.  Laelius  refers  to  the  views  of 
the  Epicureans  and  Cyrenaics,  which  lie  now  proceeds  to  consider. 

11.  persequantur  argutiis:  follow  up  xoith  their  subtle  investi- 
(jalions. 

partim:  on  the  one  hand ;  referring  loosely  to  the  Epicureans  ; 
partim  is  correlative  with  Alios  below  in  1.  19. 

12.  nimias:  too  intimate. 

13.  satis  superque,  etc.  :  that  each  had  enough  and  more  loith 
his  ouui  affoirs;  sibi  is  loosely  introduced  as  an  Ethical  Dative  to 
bring  out  more  clearly  the  contrast  between  suarum  and  alienis  ; 
cf.  sibi  suo,  p.  5,  1.  11. 

14.  alienls :  sc.  rebus ;  ablative  case. 
nimis:  witli  implicari. 

16.  quas  adducas:  to  draw  in;  Relative  Clause  of  Purpose. 
This  passage  is  evidently  an  imitation  of  Euripides's  Hippolytus, 
1.  253  ff.  : 

Be  links  of  mortal  friendship  frail : 

Let  heartstrings  ne'er  together  cling, 
Nor  be  indissolubly  twined 
The  cords  of  h)ve,  but  lightly  joined 

For  knitting  close  or  severing. 

Ah  weary  burden,  where  oue  soul 

Travails  for  twain,  as  mine  for  thee! 
Ruin,  not  bliss,  say  they,  shall  be 

Care's  life-absorbing  heart-eoutrol. 

—  Way's  Translation. 

17.  caput:  i.e.  the  essential  requisite. 

18.  securitatem :  the  arapa^ia  or  freedom  from  care  of  the  Epi- 
cureans  ;  see  note  on  p.  14,  1.  15. 

qua  possit :  in  indirect  discourse  a  relative  clanse,  when  it  is 
logically  coordinate  with  a  principal  clause  (qui  being  then  equiva- 
lent  to  et  is),  regularly  stands  in  the  infinitive.  Ws  should  therefore 
expecthere:  quam  frui  non  posse  animum ;  such  exceptions  as  the 
present  are  infrequent. 


84  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

tamquam  parturiat:  tainqnam  (' apologetic  '  ;  p.  10,  1.  21), 
serves  to  soften  tlie  boldness  of  the  figure  m  parturiat. 

19.  Alios :  the  Cyrenaics,  foUowers  of  Aristippu.s  of  Cyrene,  who 
flourished  in  the  early  part  of  tlie  4th  century  b.c. 

20.  aiunt:  the  subject  is  general. 

multo  etiam  inhumanius:   xoith  mnch  /c.ss  uf  human  feeliug. 
quemlocum:  a  point  lohich. 

21.  paulo  ante:   viz.  ]>.  12,  1.  10  ff. 

23.  expetendas :  expetere  implies  choice  and  deliberation  in 
the  seeking  ;  appetere  emphasizes  merely  the  earnestness  of  the 
quest. 

ut  haberet:  the  sequence  is  irregular.  But  in  quoted  views 
Cicero  at  times  employs  a  secondary  tense  in  a  subordinate  clause 
even  wliere  the  tense  of  the  main  verb  (as  here  aiunt)  is  primary. 

26.  mulierculae :  tlie  diminutive  is  here  chosen  in  view  of  the 
relative  weal^ness  of  women  as  compared  witli  uien. 

20.    quaerant :  here  we  have  the  normal  sequence  of  tenses. 

27.  putentur  :  Subjunctive  of  Characteristic. 
beati :  fortunate. 

28.  praeclaram :  ironical. 
?>\.    Quae :  (if  what  sort  ? 

32.  reapse :  for  re  eapse  (cf.  tlie  Plautine  eopse,  eumpse  —  ipso, 
ips7im);  hence  equivalent  to  re  ipsa  ;  the  word  is  archaic. 

multis  locis  :   in  manij  respects. 

20.  1.  ullam  honestam  rem:  i.e.  anytliing  Iionorable  in  and 
of  itself. 

2.  ne  sollicitus  sis:  join  closely  witli  non  suscipere  and  deponere, 
—  lo  refuse  tn  nndcrtake  it,  or  to  abandon  it  lohen  undertaken,  ivith 
the  oh}ect  nf  (moidint/  a.nnoyance. 

3.  curam  fugimus :  i.e.  make  it  an  object  to  avoid  care  ;  cona- 
tive  present. 

4.  quae  necesse  est  cum  aliqua  cura,  etc. :  the  emphasis  rests 
on  cxim  aliqua  cAira,  —  which  must  experience  some  distress  in  spurn- 
in(j  tliinys  opposed  to  itself;  for  the  absence  of  iit  after  necesse  est, 
see  B.  259,  8  ;  G.  538,  Hem.  2  ;  II.  502,  1. 

5.  bonitas  :  liere  =  iustitia. 

0.  videas:  ijou  can  see ;  au  instance  of  the  rare  'cau'-poten- 
tial. 


NOTES  85 

8.  modestos:  i.e.  inen  of  self-control  ;  tlie  word  corresponds 
to  temperantid,  just  as  iustos  to  bonitns. 

10.  cadit  in  sapientem :  attaches  to  the  wise  man,  i.e.  is  con- 
sistent  witli  his  nature  ;  as  p.  39,  1.  8. 

13.    ne  suscipiamus :  to  avoid  incurriny. 

aliquas :  cf .  p.  12,  1.  32,  si  aliquem. 

17.  isti:  the  Stoics,  who  nmintained  the  doctrine  of  on^a96ia,  for 
which  see  note  on  p.  4,  1.  28. 

18.  audiendi:  to  he  heeded,  Ustened  to. 

quasi  ferream  :  qtiasi  '  apologetic '  to  soften  the  metaphor. 

virtutem  .  .  .  volunt:  rviU  have  it  that  virtue,  etc. ;  vohint, 
as  p.  13,  1.  L'8. 

1'.».    quae  quidem  :  adversative,  —  and  yet  this. 

multis  in  rebus:  iu  many  other  things ;  multis  for  muUis  aUis, 
as  p.  1,  1.  13. 

20.  tenera:  elastic. 

21.  bonis :  hona  ordinarily  nieans  goods,  property ;  here  it 
means  adcantages,  good  fortune. 

diffundatur  contrabatur :  the  subject  is  virtus. 

24.  non  plus,  etc.  :  the  idea  is  imperfectly  expressed  ;  Laelius 
really  means :  '  no  more  than  cares  and  annoyances  constitute  a 
reason  for  discarding  virtue.' 

26.  Cum  contrahat:  the  subject  is  the  clause  si  .  .  .  ehiceat 
(the  manifestation  of  virtue). 

ut  supra  dixi :  p.  13,  1.  3  ff.  and  p.  14,  1.  21  ff.  Supra  applies 
properly  to  written,  not  spoken,  discourse.  Its  use  here  is  an 
inadvertency  on  Cicero's  part,  showing  that  he  has  momentarily 
forgotten  the  dialogue  character  of  the  discussion. 

27.  ad  quam  se  applicet  et  adiungat:  Relative  Clauses  of 
Purpose  ;  note  also  tlie  liysteron  proteron  ;  cf.  p.  14,  1.  23,  appU- 
cant  se  et  propius  admovent. 

28.  id  cum  contigit :  id  refers  to  the  clause  si  .  .  .  ehtceat. 
30.    multis  inanimis  rebus:    not  muUis  et  inanimis  (cf.  p.  14, 

1.  8),  since  inanimae  res  is  a  single  concept. 

32.  animante  virtute  praedito,  etc. :  but  not  to  he  deUghted 
with  lohat  is  animate  and  is  endowed  with  virtue ;  the  antithesis 
between  delectari  inanimis  rebus  and  animante  praedito  virtute 
non    delectari  is   much    lieightened    by   tlie    asyndeton   and   the 


86  LAELIUS   DE  AMICITIA 

cliiasmus.     Xote  that  animans,  usually  feminiue,  is  iierc  uiasculiuc, 
as  referriug  t(t  a  liuuian  beiug. 

21.  1.  redamare  :  a  uew  word,  coiued  by  Cicero  to  render  tlie 
Greek  a.vTi.4>i\^:v  ;  lience  tlie  apologetic  ut  ita  dicam. 

3.  vicissitudiiie  :  reciprocity. 

4.  illud  :  explaiued  by  tlie  following  nihil  e.sse. 

8.    propinquitate  atque  natura :  natural  affinity ;  heudiadys. 
1).    similium  :  ueuter ;  for  this  substantive  use,  see  note  on  p.  14, 
1.  15,  Ah  his. 

11.  constet :   it  would  be  adinitted. 

bonis  inter  bonos :  more  emphatic  than  bonis  inter  se,  which 
would  iiavt'  beeu  the  natural  uiode  of  expressiou. 

12.  necessariam :  sc.  esse. 

qui  eat  fons :  '/»*,  though  referring  to  benevolentiam,  is  at- 
tracted  to  tlie  gender  of  its  predicate  funs ;  such  attractiou  is  tlie 
rule  in  Latin. 

13.  Sed  .  .  .  pertinet ;  i.e.  kiud  feeliug  is  not  limited  in  its 
effects  to  the  few  wlio  cherish  it  toward  one  another. 

eadem  bonitas:  kindness  likewise ;  bonilas  is  here  equivaleut 
to  benevolcntia. 

15.    inhumana  :  i.e.  lacking  iu  feeling  for  onc's  fellow-raen. 

immunis  :  deficient  in  service ;  this  meaning  of  inununis  is  rare  ; 
it  ordiuarily  uieans  exempt  from  dnties,  burdens. 

quae  soleat:  since  it  is  loont;  Clause  of  Characteristic  with 
accessory  uotiou  of  cause. 

19.  utilitatis  causa:  iu  predicate  relation  to  amicitias,  —  con- 
ceive  friendships  as  {existing)  for  the  pwyose  of  advantaije. 

amabilissimum :  on  the  comparison  of  adjectives  in  -bilis,  see 
uote  ou  p.  2,  1.  20,  maxime  memorabilem. 

21.  ttunque :  then  and  then  only  ;  explained  by  tlie  followiug 
si-clause  ;  cf.  p.  11,  1.  27. 

23.  tantumque  abest  ut  amicitiae  .  .  .  colantur,  ut  ei  .  .  . 
sint:  so  far  are  friendships  from  being  cuUivated  ....  that  those 
are  most  generous  loho,  etc.  The  first  ?(<-clause  is  a  Substautive 
Clause  of  lle.sult,  the  second  one  of  Pure  Result. 

27.    Atque  :  and  yet ;  liere  corrective  like  quamqiiam. 

haud  sciam  an:  I  should  be  inclined  to  think ;  <\  more  guarded 
form  of  .statemeut  than  tlie  custoniary  hand  scio  an. 


NOTES  87 

iie  opus  sit  quidem,  etc:  thnt  ahsolute  self-sufficiency  (nihil 
dcesse)  is  not  even  of  advantage ;  nihil  deesse  is  Cicero's  rendering 
of  the  Greek  avra.pKiia  {sclf-suffi,ciency) ;  note  opus  here  in  the 
sense  of  admntage ;  the  word  is  an  archaic  genitive  of  ops 
('assistance '),  and  preserves  many  traces  of  its  original  mean- 
ing ;  more  frequently,  of  course,  it  has  the  secondary  sense  of 
necessary. 

28.  Ubi  .  .  .  viguissent :  wherein  would  my  devotion  have  had 
opportunity  to  display  itseJf?  Ubi  here  =  qua  in  re  ;  vigere  is  lit. 
to  flourish,  and  so  here  he  active,  display  itself. 

30.  nec  .  .  .  nec :  these  do  not  counteract  tlie  preceding  nega- 
tive  {numqunm),  but,  as  often,  siniply  take  up  and  repeat  the 
negative  idea. 

22.    1.    deliciis  diffluentes :  notice  tlie  alliteration. 

3.  habent  cognitam :  hardly  different  in  force  from  cogno- 
verunt. 

4.  ut  diligat,  etc.  :  on  the  rtnderstanding  thal  he  neithcr  love 
any  one,  etc. ;  '  stipulations '  like  this  are  a  develoi:)iuent  of  the 
Jussive  Subjunctive  ;  ea  condicione,  ea  le.ge,  or  some  such  phrase, 
often  precedes ;  on  ut  neque  .  .  .  nec,  see  note  on  p.  17,  1.  22. 

5.  ab  uUo :  in  the  ablative,  nJIo  is  more  commonly  used  as  a 
substantive  by  Cicero  than  c/uoquam. 

7.  Haec :  for  hoc,  by  attractioa  to  the  predicate  vita ;  it  refers 
back  to  the  general  thought  of  the  preceding  sentence,  — living  in 
luxury,  but  loving  none  and  loved  by  none. 

12.  Coluntur:  they  (tyranni)  nre  courted ;  colere  involves 
only  the  outward  forms  of  respect,  not  actual  personal  regard. 

13.  diuntaxat :  with  simidatione. 

14.  ceciderunt :  i.e.  from  power. 

15.  inopes  amicorum  :  i.e.  lacking  in  real  friends. 

Quod :  referring  to  the  substance  of  the  previous  statemeut, 
tum  intellegitur,  etc. 

10.    tum  se  intellexisse  .  .  .  cum  :  i.e.  had  not  known  till  then. 

17.  gratiam  referre  :  repay  ;  gratiam  referre  may  mean  either 
to  return  a  favor  or  to  return  an  injnry ;  liere  it  involves  both 
senses. 

18.  miror,  si  habere  potuit :  I  am  surprised  if  he  could  have 
had. 


»0  LAELIUS  DE   A:MICITL\ 

illa  superbia  :  vUh  thct  Jtnn<jIduu'S.s,  i.r.  that  liaughtiness  for 
which  he  was  nntcd  ;  Alilative  of  Attendant  Circunistance. 

19.  quemquam  amicum  :  aniihocJij  as  a  friend. 

20.  ut  huius  .  .  .  sic  multorum  :  botli  einphatic,  —  as  in  his 
case,  so  in  the  rase  of  many. 

parare  :   ('■/«. 

25.  insipiente  fortunato:  '  a  fool  of  fortune';  insipiente  is 
the  substantive  heve,  fo7'tu7iato  adjective. 

26.  fieri  potest :  can  there  he ;  hardly  different  from  potest  esse. 
Atque  :  used  in  passing  from  the  general  to  the  special,  as  p.  15, 

1.  14. 

hoc  quidem :  hoc  is  e.Kplained  by  the  following  infiuitives : 
immutari,  sperni,  induiyeri ;  quidem  serves  only  to  eniphasize 
hoc ;  cf.  p.  !».  1.  15. 

28.  imperio,  potestate :  when  used  with  precision  potestas 
designates  tlie  general  vested  power  of  any  official,  imperium  the 
special  military  power  with  which  the  higher  ofHcials  (dictators, 
consuls,  praetors)  were  invested  by  the  Comitia  curiata. 

prosperis  rebus :  for  the  order,  cf.  p.  1,  1.  4,  virili  toga. 

29.  sperni :  are  ignored;  the  change  of  subject  here  is  sonic- 
what  al)rapt. 

veteres :  long-standing. 

novis  :  sc.  amicitiis,  indirect  object  of  the  impersonal  indulgeri ; 
cf.  p.  18,  1.  11,  eis  resistatur. 

01.  cetera :  i.e.  as  oppo.sed  to  amicos;  cf.  p.  o,  1.  21,  in  reliqua 
Graecia. 

23.    1.   amicos  non  parare :  note  the  adversative  asyudeton. 

2.  ut  ita  dicam  :  see  note  on  p.  lO,  1.  20. 
cetera  :  t  iie  niaterial  possessions  just  mentioned. 

4.  eius  est :  helongs  to  him  ;  Possessive  Genitive. 

istorum  :  witli  a  shade  of  contempt ;  tlie  forni  is  neuter,  =  ista- 
rum  rentm  ;  cf.  noto  on  p.  14,  1.  15,  Ah  his. 

vicit  viribus :  has  proved  superior  in  power ;  vincere  is  here 
used  absolutcly  ;   iiote  the  alliteration. 

5.  amicitiarum,  ctc. :  amicitiarum  is  empliatic,  and  hence  isput 
fii\st,  —  hut  iit  ca^i'  i>f  friendships  earh  one\s  ouviership  continues 
fixed  and  sure ;  stalnlis  anil  certa  stand  in  predicate  relation  to 
possessio. 


NOTES  89 

G.   ut  vita  non  possit:  so  that  life  coukl  not  be. 

illa:  thoae  thinys,  before  mentioned  ;  illa  does  not  serve  merely 
as  the  antecedent  of  quae  ;  hence,  not  those  things  which,  but  those 
things  (already  mentioned),  lohich. 

8.  Sed  haec  hactenus:  —  but  enough  of  this.  Laelius  here 
terminates  the  (ligression  begun  at  p.  19,  1.  8,  and  now  returns 
from  liis  criticism  of  existing  views  concerning  the  proper  basis  of 
friendship  to  a  discussion  of  the  inquiry  how  far  one  ought  to  go 
in  friendship  {quatenus  anwr  in  amicitia  progredi  debeat). 


CHAPTERS   XVI.-XVII.  §  61. 

What  should  be  the  measure  of  our  devotion  to  our  friends  ? 
Discussion  of  three  different  views,  all  of  which  are  condemned 
h)j  Laelius.  The  proper  attitude,  he  declares,  is  to  recognize  no 
restrictions  upon  the  degree  of  our  devotion.  Our  friends  should 
be  one  with  ourselves,  and  their  interest  should  be  our  interest. 

9.  Constituendi  sunt,  qui  fines :  the  form  of  expression  is  not 
exact,  being  apparently  tiie  result  of  confusion  of  two  ideas:  con- 
stituendi  sunt  fines  and  constituendum  est  qui  sint  fines.  Cf.  p.  25, 
1.  29,  quidam  p>erspiciuntur  quam  sint  leves. 

10.  termini:  originally  the  boundary  posts,  and  then  used  gen- 
erally  for  boundaries,  limits. 

de  quibus :  sc.  finibus  et  terminis. 

11.  ferri:  best  taken  as  are  current ;  cf.  p.  3,  1.  16,  ferebantur. 

12.  unam,  alteram.  tertiam :  in  such  enumerations,  una,  altera 
are  regularly  u.sed  instead  oi prima,  secunda  ;  cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  15. 

ut  .  .  .  simus :  tliis  is  the  view  of  the  Epicureans  ;  the  2<«-clause 
is  a  Substantive  Clause  of  Jussive  (Hortatory)  origin,  dependent 
upon  the  notion  of  bidding  or  urging  involved  in  sententia. 

affecti :  disposed. 

13.  nosmet  ipsos  :  onr  own  selves. 

14.  pariter  aequaliterque :  cf.  p.  14,  1.  25,  pares  et  aequales. 

15.  ut,  quanti  quisque  se  ipse  faciat,  etc:  that  one  be  as 
highly  prized  by  his  friends  as  hc  jtrizfs  himself;  quanti  and  tanti 
are  Genitives  of  Value ;  on  se  ipse,  see  note  on  p.  3,  1,  6. 


90  LAELIUS  DE  AMICmA 

17.  nulli  prorsus:  nnne  at  aJI ;  for  tlie  position  of  jirorsus,  cf. 
p.  1,  1.  1"),  /x/uri  mhanilura. 

18.  in  se  quisque  sit:  sc.  animatua. 

20.  numquam  faceremus :  the  protasis  is  involved  in  nostra 
cansa,  —  ivcrf  it  for  our  own  sakes. 

causa  amicorum :  notice  the  unusual  order,  employed  here  for 
the  purjjose  of  heightening  the  antitliesis  between  7iostra  causa  and 
causa  amicorum. 

21.  precari,  etc. :  explanatory  of  quam  multa. 

acerbius,  vehementius  :  i.c.  more  bitterly,  more  earnestly  than 
usual.  Englisli,  however,  contents  itself  here  witli  tlie  positive. 
Note  further  tlie  chiasmus  in  acerbius  invehi,  insectari  vehementius. 

22.  invehi :  inveigh. 

quae :  its  antecedent  is  to  be  found  in  the  preceding  infinitives. 

23.  non  satis  :  not  altogether. 
honeste  :  liere  with  honor. 
amicorum :  sc.  rehus. 

24.  multaeque  :  -que  liere  —  and  so. 

27.  est,  quae  :   is  that  ichich. 

definit  amicitiam,  etc:  bounds  friendship  by,  etc,  i.e.  limits 
fricndship  to,  etc. 

paribus  officiis  et  voluntatibus :  parihus  is  the  emphatic 
wiird  ;  hence  in  Englisli :  hn  iijualiti/  of  ohligation  and  inclination. 

28.  nimis  exigue  et  exiUter  :  in  too  small  and  close  a  fashion  ; 
exig-uus  and  e.i-ilis  (for  ej'ig-lis)  are  from  the  same  root. 

29.  ad  calculos  vocare,  etc  :  cailing  friendship  to  account,  as 
though  the  relation  were  a  purely  commercial  one ;  calculi  '  peb- 
bles,'  '  counters,'  were  used  in  numerical  computation. 

.'50.    ratio  :  the  arrount. 

acceptorum  et  datorum :  of  rredit  and  drhit,  lit.  of  what  is 
rrceived  and  what  is  yiven  out ;  but  the  terms  early  acquired  a 
technical  commercial  sense.  On  the  substantive  use  of  the  par- 
ticiples,  sce  note  on  p.  14,  1.  15. 

Divitior :  this  (and  not  ditior)  is  tlie  regular  form  of  the  com- 
parative  in  Cicero. 

24.  1.  ne  excidat,  etc.  :  the  figure  seems  to  be  taken  from 
measuring  graiii. 

2.   ne  plus  aequo  .   .   .  congeratur:   /.f.  one  ought  not  to  fear 


NOTES  91 

lest  the  measure  of  fricndsliip  bo  filled  more  than  level  fuU 
(jilus  aequo). 

■\.   finis :  idcal,  object. 

deterrimus  :  sc.  est. 

ut  fiat :  Substantive  Clause  of  Jussive  origin  ;  cf.  above,  p.  23, 
1.  12. 

5.   abiectior,  fractior :  somewhat  downcast,  someiohat  enfeebled. 

G.    Non  est  amici :  Ws  not  the  part  o/  a  friend. 

7.  ille :  referring  to  the  same  person  as  eum  ;  some  pronoun  is 
absolutely  necessary  to  perspicuity,  aiul  ille  is  chosen  to  avoid  a 
repetition  of  is. 

8.  eniti  et  efficere :  to  strive  to  briny  it  to  pass ;  an  instance 
of  verb  hencliailys. 

11.  si  dixero  :  here,  as  often  with  temporal  force  —  when  I  have 
stated. 

quid  solitus  sit :  indirect  question. 

12.  vocem  :  nttcrance. 

13.  eius,  qui  dixisset :  these  words,  which  seem  to  us  super- 
fiuous,  are  necessitated  by  the  fact  that  vocem,  as  a  substantive, 
cannot  govern  an  infinitive. 

14.  ita  :  exphiined  by  the  following  ut  sj-clause. 

amare  oportere :  the  subject  is  general,  —  one  ought  to  love ; 
so  below  osuriis  esset. 

si  aUquando  :  cf.  p.  12,  1.  32,  si  aliquem. 

15.  nec  vero  :  supply  in  thought  dicebat  from  Negabat  above. 

16.  Biante  :  Bias  of  Priene  (6th  century  b.c),  one  of  the  Seven 
Sages ;  see  note  on  p.  3,  1.  22.  The  saying  is  attributed  also  to 
another  of  the  Seven  Sages,  Chilon.      The  Greek  is :  a>s  5«?  ^LXilv 

ois  /j.ia-i]aovTa  Kal  fxKTilv  ws  (pi\ri<T0VTa. 

17.  impuri  cuiusdam  esse  sententiam :  adversative  asynde- 
ton, — but  that  it  tcxcs  the  ricw  of  some  low-mindcd  man ;  esse 
depends  upon  dicebnt  se  credere  or  something  similar,  to  be  sup- 
plied  in  thought  from  the  context. 

18.  revocantis  :  referring. 

20.  cui  putabit :  the  indicative  (and  not  the  subjunctive)  is 
here  used,  because  the  relative  clause,  though  Tased  to  characterize 
the  antecedent,  involves  a  condition,  —  if  he  thinks,  etc.  ;  cf.  note 
on  p.  9,  1.  29,  quae  non  quiescit. 


92  LAELIUS   DE  AMICITIA 

21.  cupere  et  optare  :  rnpere  is  spontaneous,  optare  implies  a 
deliberate  choice. 

22.  quam  saepissime  :  as  frequejithj  as  possible. 
2;'».   tamquam  ansas  :  <«Hi(/Hrr?H  '  apologetic' 

ad  reprehendendum  :  best  taken  in  tlie  literal  sense,  continu- 
uv^  tlie  ligurc  in  <i)ts<is. 
rursum  autem  :  <i)i  the  utJier  luoid  agaiii. 

24.  angi,  dolere,  invidere  :  all  used  absolutely. 

27.  illud  :  explained  by  what  foUows. 

28.  ut  ne  inciperemus  :  explanatory  of  eam  diligentiarn ;  on 
ut  ne,  see  note  on  p.  18,  1.  lo. 

30.  si  fuissemus,  ferendum  (esse) :  in  direct  forni  tliis  would 
be  si  fuerimus,  fertniduvi  crit^  ■ —  (/'  ive  are  unfortunate  i)i  our 
Jove,  it  ourjht  to  be  put  up  ivith. 

32.    tempus  :  opportunity,  ocmsion. 

25.  1.  His  igitur  finibus,  etc.  :  the  emphasis  rests  on  his, — 
these  )iov  <irc  the  li))iits  chich  I  think  should  be  observed. 

2.  ut  sit:  .substantive  clause  explauatory  of  his  Jiiiibus. 
cum  sint :  Subjunctive  by  Attraction. 

emendati :  blameless,  in  accordance  with  the  fundamental  prin- 
ciple  aunouuced  p.  8,  1.  5,  nisi  i»  bn^iis  amicitiam  esse  non  posse. 

3.  omnium  rerum  .  .  .  communitas  :  identity  . . .  in  all  things  ; 
see  note  on  p.  7,  1.  8,  voluntatum,  studiornm,  sententiarum  summa 
conse)tsio. 

sine  uUa  exceptione :  on  the  prepositional  phrase  limiting  a 
substautive  (here  co^imu^iitas),  see  note  on  p.  9,  1.  10. 

4.  ut  etiam  declinandum  sit :  also  that  onc  should  turn  aside. 

5.  minus  iustae  voluntates,  etc. :  au  iliustration  of  this  would 
be  found  in  Cicero's  defence  of  Milo. 

0.   caput :  civil  status. 
agatur  :  is  at  stake. 

7.  devia:  t.c.  from  tlie  ordinary  course. 
modo  ne :  provided  only  .  .  .  not. 

8.  est  quatenus  possit :  therc  is  (a  point)  up  to  ivhich  in- 
dulgcnce  (•«»,  ctc.  ;  Ciause  of  Characteri.stic. 

9.  Nec  vero,  etc. :  Laelius  has  just  been  saying  that  a  spirit  of 
coucessiou  should  be  showu  iu  yielding  to  the  desires  of  one's 
frieuds,  especially  iu  the  way  of  comiug  to  their  defence  wheu  they 


NOTES  93 

are  under  accusation.  He  now  proceeds  to  mention  considerations 
whicli  should  impel  or  deter  one  in  such  cases.  On  the  one  hand, 
a  friend  is  not  to  be  so  ready  to  lend  lielp  as  to  disregard  his  own 
good  name  (nec  neglegenda  fama) ;  on  the  other  hand,  he  is  not 
to  practise  such  reserve  as  to  fail  to  win  the  good  will  of  his  fellow- 
citizens,  for  this  is  a  powerful  help  to  the  achievenient  of  one's  am- 
bitions.  Yet  right  here  is  a  caution  :  this  good  will  is  not  to  be 
sought  at  the  expense  of  dignity,  nor  by  flattery  (blanditiis  et 
assentando),  but  by  virtue,  which  readily  wins  the  desired  favor 
(qnam  sequitnr  caritas). 

11.  coUigere  :  to  yain. 

12.  virtuE  :  note  the  bold  adversative  asyndeton. 
caritas :  =  benevolentia. 


CHAPTERS   XVII.  §  62-XVIII. 

The  choice  of  friends.  Importance  of  caution  in  making  the 
selection. 

15.  omnibus  in  rebus  :  i.e.  in  all  other  things. 
diligentiores  :  viz.  thaii  in  frieiidship. 

16.  capras  et  oves  quot,  amicos  quot:  note  the  emphatic 
position  of  the  .substantives  before  the  interrogative. 

dicere  posse  :  as  subject  understand  homines. 

17.  amicos  quot  haberet,  non  posse  dicere  :  but  not  hovi 
many  friends ;  note  the  adversative  asyndeton,  and  the  repetition 
in  Latin  of  posse  dicere  with  the  negative  ;  cf.  note  on  p.  8,  1.  32, 
ex  propinquitate. 

in  illis  quidem :  quidem  serves  merely  to  prepare  the  way  for 
the  contrasted  amicis. 

22.  cuius  generis :  a  class  of  which. 
penuria  :  dearth. 

23.  iudicare  :  i.e.  whether  nien  liave  tliese  traits. 

nisi  expertum  :  i.e.  unless  you  have  had  experienee  ;  expertum 
agrees  witli  tlie  indefinite  subject  of  iudicare. 

24.  Ita  praecurrit  amicitia  iudicium  :'lit.  so  does  friendship 
forestall  a  decision ;  i.e.  so  true  is  it  that  the  actual  frieudship 


94  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

must  px'ecede  any  adequate  judgnient  of  tlie  character  of  one's 
friends. 

25.  potestatem :  opporUaiit>j. 

20.  Est  igitur  prudentis :  i.e.  it  is  the  part  of  a  wise  man  to 
exercise  the  sanie  cautiun  in  entering  upon  a  new  friendship,  as  in 
(Iriving  a  new  team. 

sustinere  :  hold  in  check. 

cursum  :  i.e.  as  the  context  shows,  the  course  of  a  team  of  horses. 

27.  quo  :  =  nt  eo,  in  order  that  therebij. 

quasi  .  .  .  sic :  =  ut  .  .  .  sic,  'just  as  .  .  .  so';  cf.  Cato  Maior, 
S  71.     The  usage  is  archaic. 

28.  amicitiis  :  governed  by  utamnr. 

periclitatis  :  tested ;  an  instance  of  the  jjerfect  passive  participle 
of  a  deponent  verb  witli  passive  force  ;  so  often  meditatus. 

moribus  :  Ablative  of  Means. 

21).  Quidam  perspiciuntur,  etc.  :  in  case  of  certain  persons 
often  a  small  money  transaction  serves  to  shoic  how  unreliable  they 
are ;  as  regularly,  the  order  of  the  words  corresponds  to  the  degree 
of  emphasis  attaching  to  the  several  elements  of  the  thought ;  hence 
quidam  is  put  first,  and  this  leads  to  the  attraction  of  the  main  verb 
to  agreement  with  quidam ;  strictly  Laelius  ought  to  have  said : 
Quidnm  quam  leves  sint,  in  parva  pecunia  perspicitiir. 

3L    movere  non  potuit:  could  not  have  inflnenced. 

32.  Sint  aliqui  reperti :  granting  that  some  have  been  dis- 
rovered ;  Jussive  SubjuMCtive  with  Concessive  force.  A.  &  G. 
266,  c;  B.  278  ;  G.  264  ;  H.  484,  III. 

26.  3.    ut :  so  that. 

i.  haec,  illa  :  both  pronouns  refer  to  honores,  magistratus,  etc. 
In  the  lirst  instance  these  objects  are  conceived  of  as  near  in 
thought ;  hence  haec.  In  the  second  instance  they  are  conceived 
of  as  remote  ;  hence  illa. 

6.  quam  etiamsi  neglecta  amicitia  consecuti  sint :  the 
empliasis  rests  upon  neglecta  amicitia,  —  even  though  thcij  .•ihnuJd 
disregard  friendship  to  attain  this  (potentia). 

7.  obscuratum  iri  :  tliis  contains  in  dependent  form  the  apodosis 
of  tlie  previous  etiauisi-clMiae  ;  in  dlrect  discourse  it  would  be 
obscuretur.  As  subject  uiiderstand  the  idea  (contained  in  the 
previous  clause)  of  sacriiieing  friendship  to  political  power. 


NOTES  95 

quia  non  sit  neglecta  amicitia  :  hecause  friendship  has  n»t 
heen  ncfjlected. 

9.  verae  amicitiae  difficillime  reperiuntur  in  eis,  etc. : 
Cicero,  as  he  wrote  this,  was  doubtless  thinking  of  soine  of  the 
bitter  disappointments  of  his  own  political  experience,  and  particu- 
larly  of  Pompey,  who  had  betrayed  Cicero's  interests  to  Caesar  and 
Clodius. 

11.  suo :  made  emphatic  by  its  position  at  the  very  end  of  the 
sentence. 

13.  calamitatum  societates :  participation  in  misfortnnes ; 
tlie  plural  societates  is  used  because  different  instances  of  such 
participation  are  present  to  Laelius's  mind. 

ad  quas  :  witli  descendant. 

14.  descendant:  descendo  in  this  figurative  sense  is  used 
especially  of  wliat  is  done  unwillingly. 

Ennius  recte  •  sc.  dicit ;  for  Ennius  see  note  on  p.  9,  1.  29. 

16.  Amicus  certus,  etc.  :  notice  the  alliteration  ;  the  exact 
source  of  this  line  is  not  lcnown.  Its  metre  is  tlie  iambic  trimeter 
(six  iambi).     The  scansion  is  : 

Ami  I  cus  cer  |  tus  ||  in  |  r^  incer  |  ta  ce'r  |  nitur. 

For  the  iambi  of  the  2d,  4th,  and  5th  feet,  spondees  are  sub- 
stituted. 

17.  haec  duo :  these  ttoo  things,  explained  by  the  foUowing 
clauses. 

18.  convincunt :  convict. 

in  bonis  rebus :  i.e.  in  their  ouin  prosperity. 

contemnunt:  not  so  strong  as  our  'despise,'  but  rather  'over- 
look,'  '  disregard'  ;  as  object  understand  aniicos. 

in  malis  :  viz.  of  their  friends. 

21.    praestiterit :  subjunctive. 

ex  maxime  raro  genere  :  as  belongimj  to  an  exceptionallij  rare 
class ;  this  prepositional  jjhrase  has  adjective  force  and  serves  as 
a  predicate  modifier  of  hunc. 

24.    Firmamentum  :  the  gnarantee. 

26.  quod  iniidum  est:  inhich  lacks  faith;  for  the  indicative 
instead  of  the  Subjunctive  of  Characteristlc,  see  note  on  p.  9,  1.  29, 
nnae  non  conquiescit. 


96  LAELIi:S   DE   AMICITIA 

Simplicem  :  frank,  hoiicst. 

27.    communem:  i.p.  liaving  a  fellow  feeling. 

consentientem :  syiiipathetic. 

30.  multiplex :  opposed  to  siniplex,  —  bence  deceitfnl. 
tortuosum  :  tricl-y,  untrustworthy. 

qui  non  movetur  :  tlie  indicative  as  above  in  quod  infidum  est ; 
nun  liniits  consentit  as  well  as  movetur. 

31.  natura :   naturaUn,  instinctirehj. 

27.  2.  ut  ne  delectetur  aut  credat:  as  indicated  by  ne,  the 
Substantive  Ciause  is  here  of  Jussive  origin,  —  the  injunction  is  to 
be  added,  not  to  deliejht,  etc. 

3.  oblatis  :  sc.  criminibus. 

4.  tit  verum  illud  :  that  is  substantiated. 

5.  initio  :  viz.  p.  8,  L  5. 

0.  quem  eundem  sapientem  licet  dicere :  in  spite  of  the 
Stoic  conceptiun  of  the  Sapiens  as  an  ideally  perfect  intelligence  ; 
cf.  p.  8,  1.  10. 

7.  tenere :  holdfast. 

8.  aperte  vel  odisse  :  open  hatred  even;  odisse  is  subject  of 
the  impersonal  est. 

9.  magis  est :  hetter  befits. 

10.  deinde  non  solum  repellere  :  tlie  corresponding  clause  in- 
troduced  by  primura  stands  in  llie  subjunctive  ;  bence  tliere  is  a 
slight  anacoluthon  in  using  tlie  intinitive  in  the  second  clause. 

11.  ipsum  :  general  in  meaning,  —  oneself. 
semper  existimantem :  explanatory  of  susinciositm. 

12.  aliquid  esse  violatum :  someivrong  hasbeen  done ;  aliquid 
here  corresponds  to  an  Accusative  of  Result  (Internal  Object)  in 
the  active  construction. 

13.  Accedat  huc,  etc. :  to  this  there  shoidd  he  added. 

14.  haudquaquam  mediocre :  litotes. 

15.  in  omni  re  severitas :  tlie  prepositional  pbrase  as  adjective  ; 
cf.  p.  (•,  i.  10,  cum  henevolentia  consensio. 

10.    illa  quidem  :  as  p.  9,  1.  15. 

remissior  :  less  restrained. 

18.    facilitatem:  i.e.  ease  ofmanner. 


NOTES  97 


CHAPTERS    XIX.-XX. 

Are  old  friencls  ever  tn  be  discarded  for  new  ones  ?  The  mere 
question  is  shameftd!  —  Where  friends  differ  in  rank  and  station, 
the  superior  should  not  make  his  preeminence  conspicuous.  Be- 
membe.r  Scipio^s  modesty  in  this  regard!  So,  too,  the  man  of 
inferior  station  must  not  chafe  at  the  loftier  fortune  of  his  friend. 
In  lending  assistance,  be  governed  by  tioo  considerations :  first, 
your  own  capacity ;  second,  how  miich  is  good  for  your  friend. 
Youthful  intimacies  are  not  an  obligation  upon  our  maturer  years. 
Tastes  change,  and  attachments  change  with  them.  Sometimes, 
too,  our  friend^s  interest  is  so  great  that  it  becomes  otir  duty  to  re- 
linquish  his  friendship  for  his  sake. 

10.    Exsistit :  there  presents  itself. 

21.    vetulis  :  the  diminutive  has  a  certain  disparaging  force. 

24.   satietates :  the  pkiral,  as  societates,  p.  26,  1.  13. 

veterrima  quaeque  esse  debet  suavissima  :  i.e.  the  older  the 
friendship,  the  niore  attractive  it  ouglit  to  be ;  with  veterrima 
quaeque  supply  iu  thought  amicitia. 

quae  vetustatem  ferunt :  i.e.  which  improve  with  age ;  cf. 
Cato  Maior,  §  65,  non  omne  vinum  vetustate  coacescit. 

26.  quod  dicitur:  used  of  proverbial  sayings,  like  ut  aiunt, 
quod  aiuiit. 

multos  modios  salis,  etc. :  i.e.  friendship  must  be  long  con- 
tinued  if  we  are  to  i-ealize  its  possibilities. 

27.  munus  :  its  function,  ohject. 

Novitates :  sc.  amicitiarum,  i.e.  new  friendships. 

28.  ut  appareat :  tlie  Substautive  Clause  after  spem  is  regularly 
confined  to  ante-classical  and  post-Augustan  Latin. 

tamquam :  here  =  sicnt,  '  just  as.' 

in  herbis  :  here  of  the  young  grain  in  the  blade. 

29.  non  fallacibus  :  i.e.  productive. 

30.  vetustas :  often  used,  as  here,  in  the  sense  of  old  acquaint- 
ance. 

28.    1.    quinutatur:  tcho  does  not  use. 

quo  consuevit:  sc.  uti,  to  be  supplied  from  the  foUowiug  utatur. 

2.    nec  vero  :  for  nec  vero  solum,  '  and  not  only.' 


98  LAELIUS   DE   A^MICITLV 

5.  montiiosis  etiam  et  silvestribus  :  etiam  iinplies  (what  was 
probably  geiierally  true)  tliat  the  lioinans  did  not  possess  a  fond- 
ness  for  nature  in  its  wilder  and  more  romantic  phases. 

7.  parem  esse  inferiori :  i.r.  to  In-ing  oneself  to  the  level  of 
tliose  of  hunililer  statinn. 

8.  excellentiae  :  commandincj  indivddualities ;  abstract  for  the 
concrete. 

9.  grege :  rirde ;  lit.  'flock,'  'herd';  hence  the  nt  ita  dicam; 
see  note  on  p.  3,  1.  26. 

10.  Philo  :  see  note  on  p.  G,  1.  18. 
Rupilio  :  see  note  on  p.  1(5,  1.  10. 

11.  Mummio:  Spurius  Mummius,  brother  of  Lucius  Mummius, 
(h'stroyer  of  Coriiith. 

12.  Q.  Maximum  :  C^uintus  Fabius  IMaximus  ;  he  was  the  eldest 
son  of  Lucius  Aemilius  l*auhis,  receiving  tlie  uame  Maximus  as  the 
result  of  adoption. 

egregium  omnino  :  rxrrUent,  to  he  sure. 

V].    sibi  nequaquam  parem :    btit  by  no  means  equal  to  him 
(Scipio). 
is :  viz.  Maximus. 

14.  suosque  omnes  :  and  in  fact  all  his  friends  ;  for  tliis  force 
of  -fiur.,  cf.  p.  23,  \.  24,  multaeque. 

per  se  :  throurjh  his  influence. 

15.  esse  ampliores  :  tn  stand  in  hir/hrr  hinior. 

1(5.  ut  impertiant,  communicent,  augeant,  sint :  sul)stantive 
clauses  exphanatory  of  (/uod. 

18.  ea:  we  should  have  expected  eam  referring  to  prnrstantiam, 
but  the  logical  prominence  of  virtutis,  inrjrni,  fortunae,  easily  ac- 
counts  for  the  neuter  phiral. 

19.  nati  sint :  viz.  tliose  mentioned  above  as  r(??i»(7(?(s. 

21.  honori  sint :  probably  not  so  much  in  the  sense  of  confer- 
ring  honor,  as  of  lielpiiig  their  friends  to  attain  it. 

in  fabulis :  in  thr  lerjends,  as,  for  examiilo.  that  of  Romulus  and 
Renuis. 

2().    multo  profecto  magis:  the  word  order  as  p.  3,  1.  17,  iam. 

27.    omnisque  :  and  in  fart  of  all ;  cf.  above,  1.  14,  suosque. 

30.  igitur :  noic ;  merely  a  transitional  particle  iiere,  as  fre- 
quently. 


NOTES  90 

coniunctionis :  here  in  ttie  iiarrow  sense  of  propinquitas,  '  rela- 
tionship.' 

ol.    necessitudine :  /.^.  the  close  connection. 

29.  2.  queruntur  aliquid  aut  etiam  exprobrant :  are  uttcr- 
ing  some  comphiint^  or  eren  some  reproach  ;  aliquid  (Accusative  of 
Result)  belongs  with  exprohrant  as  well  as  with  queruntur. 

4.  quod :  its  antecedent  is  aliquid,  to  be  supplied  in  thought 
as  the  object  of  habere. 

officiose  :   >i-ith  derotion. 

labore  aliquo  suo  :  with  sorne  effort  on  their  part. 

5.  queant :  rarely  used  by  Cicero  unless  accouipanied  by  a 
negative  ;  another  instance,  however,  is  found  in  Cato  Maior,  §  32, 
hoc  queo  dicere. 

6.  officia  exprobrantium :  i.e.  reproachfuUy  citing  the  kind- 
nesses  (officia)  which  tliey  themselves  have  done. 

7.  commemorare :  here  in  its  original  sense  of  '  calling  to 
mind ' ;  commemorare  depends  upon  debet  to  be  supplied. 

qui  contulit :  its  antecedent  is  /s,  to  be  supplied  with  debet. 
0.   inferiores  :  object  of  extoUere. 

11.  cum  .  .  .  putant:  i.e.  in  that  they  think  they  are  lightly 
esteemed  ;  for  the  nieaning  of  contemni,  see  note  on  p.  26,  1.  18. 

ipsi :  they  themselves,  as  opposed  to  their  friends  who  do  not 
lightly  esteem  them. 

12.  fere  :  as  a  riile. 

etiam  contemnendos  :  actualhj  deserve  to  be  slighted. 

13.  opinione :  here  in  the  sense  of  wrong  conception ;  opinio 
never  designates  a  deliberate  judgment,  for  which  the  Latin  uses 
sententia. 

verbis :  kc.  assurances. 

14.  Tantmn  autem,  etc. :  i.e.  in  conferring  favors  one  should  be 
guided  on  tlie  one  hand  by  one's  own  ability,  on  the  other  by  tlie 
real  needs  of  one's  friends. 

15.  cuique :  here  in  the  main  clause  at  variance  with  regular 
usage  ;  see  note  on  p.  13,  1.  25. 

quantum  .  .  .  possis ;  quem  diligas,  adiuves :  for  the  sub- 
junctive  of  the  indefinite  second  singular-  in  subordinate  clauses, 
see  note  on  p.  10,  1.  8,  quoquo  te  verteris. 

17.    sustinere  :  sc.  potest. 


100  LAELIUS  DE   AMICITIA 

neque :  the  expected  correlative  is  lacking.  Laelius  evidently 
sets  out  to  say  :  '  Neither  can  you  advance  all  your  friends  to  the 
highest  honors,  nor  can  eveiy  friend  sustain  the  burden  of  such 
responsibility  if  it  be  sectired';  but  this  second  member,  owing  to 
the  illustrative  remarks  foUowing  pp.rducere,  is  entirely  forgotten. 
For  neque  used  to  take  up  and  intensify  a  preceding  general  nega- 
tive,  cf.  p.  4,  1.  23,  ne  .  .   .  (luidem. 

possis  :  Potential  Subjunclive  ;  the  second  singular  lias  general 
force. 

18.   quamvis  excellas :  hoivever  great  your  eminence. 

omnes  tuos :  i.e.  all  your  friends  and  relatives. 

l'.i.    P.  Rupilium  :  see  note  on  p.  10,  1.  1(>. 

20.  fratrem  eius  non  potuit:  }>ut  not  his  (liiq^ilius''^)  hrother  ; 
for  the  rcpctitinn  of  jxititit,  neces.sary  in  Latin,  see  note  ou  p.  9, 1.  1. 

21.  deferre  :  confer. 

28.    Omnino  :  07i  the  whole. 

amicitiae  iudicandae  sunt:  =  iudirandum  est  de  amicitiis,  i.e. 
judgment  must  be  passed,  a  (k-cision  must  be  niade,  with  regard  to 
e.stablishing  a  permanent  friendship. 

corroboratis  confirmatisque  et  ingeniis :  Ablative  Absolute, 
—  only  when  the  mind,  etc,  has  matured. 

26.  eos  habere  necessarios :  to  treat  those  as  related  hy  a 
natural  hond;  tliis  is  tlie  nriginal  meaning  of  necessarius  (from 
the  root  nec-,  'bind,'  'faslen';  cf.  necto);  the  meaning  '  neces- 
sary '  is  derived  naturally  from  this  ;  habere  is  a  construction  ac- 
cording  to  sen.se ;  supply  iu  thought  oportet  from  tlie  preceding 
iudicandae  sunt  (=  oportet  iudicare). 

tum  :  viz.  i)ieuHte  aetate. 

eodem  studio :  the  same  interests. 

27.  Isto  :  iu  a  disparaging  sense,  as  frequently. 

nutrices,  paedagogi :  these  were  usually  slaves.  The  paeda- 
(/or/ns  accompanied  the  boy  to  school  and  exercised  a  general  super- 
vision  of  his  safety. 

28.  iure  vetustatis  :  i.e.  by  riglit  of  long  association  ;  for  ve- 
tristas  in  the  sense  of  '  long  acquaintance,'  '  long  friend.ship,'  cf. 
p.  27,  1.  30. 

20.  alio  quodam  modo  :  '///  entirely  different  loay ;  for  tliis  use 
of  quidant,  see  nole  on  p.  3,  1.  18. 


NOTES  101 

30.  Aliter:  i.e.  otherwise  than  by  deferring  till  niature  years 
our  decision  to  foi-m  a  friendship. 

31.  Dispares  enim  mores,  etc. :  for  difference  of  character  is 
followed  hy  difference  af  iiiterests ;  mores  is  object,  studia  subject ; 
dispares  and  disparia  bear  tlie  eniphasis  of  the  thought ;  cf.  p.  23, 
1.  27,  paribus  offlciis,  'equality  of  service.' 

30.  3.  quanta  maxima  potest :  tJie  greatest  possible ;  ci.  Cato 
Maior,  §  41,  ta.iita  rolnptate  qiianta percipi posset  maxima. 

G.  quod  persaepe  fit :  as  antecedent  of  quod,  understand  the 
notion  of  obstructing  the  real  advantages  of  one's  friends  implied 
in  impediat  utilitates,  etc. 

8.  Neoptolemus:  also  called  Pj-iThus.  He  was  the  son  of 
Achilles,  and  was  brought  up  by  his  grandfather  Lycomedes  on 
the  island  of  Scyros.  From  liere  Ulysses  brought  him  to  Troy, 
since  an  oracle  had  declared  that  only  with  his  help  could  the 
Trojans  be  subdued. 

10.   impedientem:  endeavoring  to  prevent ;  conative  use. 

audire  :  heed,  listen  to,  as  p.  35,  1.  3,  audiendi. 

14.    parum  iustus  :  lacking  in  justice. 

Atque  in  omni  re,  etc. :  a  brief  r^sum^  of  the  substance  of 
§§  73-75. 

CHAPTERS   XXI.,  XXII. 

Practical  rules  for  friendsMp :  Friendships  must  sometimes  be 
severed  when  friends  are  incompatible.  In  such  cases  the  separa- 
tion  shoidd  be  effected  gently,  not  violenthj.  The  greatest  care 
must  be  taken  that  the  cessation  of  friendship  should  not  mean 
the  heginning  ofhatred.  The  best  imy  to  avoid  difficulties  of  this 
kind  is  by  exercising  care  at  the  outset  in  the  choice  of  friends. 
Then  again,  let  us  not  demand  too  much  of  our  friends.  Above 
all,  remember  that  without  virtue  frioidship  cannot  exist. 

18.  necessaria:  inevitable. 

19.  vulgares :  of  men  in  general ;  vulgaris  here  has  no  dis- 
paraging  force. 

21.    tum  .  .  .  tum:  now  .  .  .  now. 
quorum :  viz.  vitia  in  alienos. 


102  LAELIUS  DE   AMICITL\ 

22.  tamen:  i.e.  iii  spite  of  the  fact  that  tliese  offences  have  been 
coiiniiitted  against  strangers. 

rednndet :  Relative  Clause  of  Result,  —  ijet  so  that  the  disgrace 
of  these  (acts)  falls  upon  their  friends. 

2"5.    remissione  usus:  hy  n  diminution  ofthe  intimacy. 

ut  Catonem  dicere  audivi :    as  I  have  heard  that  Cato  said. 

24.    dissuendae :   intravrUed. 

2(3.  neque  .  .  .  neque  .  .  .  nec :  neque  7'ectum  neque  hones- 
(um  sit  im  the  one  hand  are  opposed  to  nec  fieri  possit  ou  the  other. 

28.  Sin  autem :  for  the  absence  of  a  preceding  s/-clause,  see 
note  on  p.  ITj,  1.  17. 

30.  in  partibus:  lit.  in  the  parties,  i.e.  in  the  partisan  poHtics. 
32.    communibus :  u.sed  as  the  equivalent  of  vidgaris  above  in 

1.  19. 

31.  4.  Q.  Pompei:  Quintus  Pompeius  Nepos  ;  af ter  proraising 
to  support  Laelius  in  the  consular  election  of  141  h.c,  he  is  said 
to  have  devoted  himself  to  securing  his  own  election,  in  which 
endeavor  he  was  successful. 

meo  nomine  :  on  my  account. 

5.  dissensionem  quae  erat  in  re  publica :  disagreement  in 
politics ;  UiY  tlic  prepositioual  i)ln-ase  as  adjective,  see  note  on 
p.  12,  1.  ;!(). 

G.    collega :  viz.  in  the  coUege  of  augurs. 

7.  Metello :  Quintus  Caecilius  Metellus  Macedonicus.  He  was 
the  leader  of  the  party  opposed  to  Scipio. 

et  offensione,  etc. :  i.e.  without  any  display  of  fierce  resent- 
ment. 

9.  danda  opera  est :  pains  must  1>e  tnken. 

10.  ut  videantur :  substantive  clause,  dependent,  like  fiant, 
upon  dnndn  opcra  r.st. 

exstinctae  potius  quam  oppressae  esse:  to  have  died  out 
rather  thnii  !i>  iiavc  hecn  pnt  out  by  violcnce.  The  words  exstin- 
gui  and  opprimi  are  similarly  contrasted  in  tlie  Cato  Maior,  §  71. 

14.    Quaetamen:  ac.  contunieliae. 

17.  Omnino:  on  the  whole,  all  in  aU.  introducing  a  summary 
of  the  foregoing  argument. 

1<S.  una  cautio,  etc.  :  the  oiihj  ivnij  of  nvoiding  and  providing 
against  nU  these  evils  and  anuoyances  is  not  to  hegin,  etc. 


NOTES  103 

ut  ne :  011  ut  ne  iustead  of  the  .simple  ne,  cf.  p.  18,  1.  13. 

19.  incipiant:  sc.  homincs. 

non  dignos :  chosen  ratlier  tlian  indiynos,  because  of  the  fol- 
lowuig  iJiijni. 

20.  quibus  in  ipsis  :  as  poiuted  out  by  Reid,  qnihns  is  probably 
dative,  —  vJu)  possess  in  themselves  a  ground  for  being  Joved. 

21.  Et  quidem  :  and  in  fact,  iutroduciug  an  admission  that  the 
rarily  of  what  is  superior  is  not  confiued  to  friendsliip,  but  is  true 
of  other  things  as  well. 

23.  quod  .  .  .  sit :  Clause  of  Characteristic. 

24.  neque  .  .  .  et:  correlative. 

26.  potissimum:  especiaJl>j. 

27.  Ita:  not  for  itaqne,  '  and  so,'  '  tlierefore,'  but  so  trnJy  do 
they  fail  to  attain  tJiat  noltlest  type  of  friendsJiip. 

28.  maxime  naturali :  many  adjectives  in  -alis  are  incapable 
of  termiuational  comparisou. 

per  se  :  in  and  of  itseJf. 

29.  propter  se  :  for  its  own  sake. 

nec  ipsi  sibi  exemplo  sunt :  and  tJiey  do  not  illiistrate  to 
themselves ;  exempJo  is  Dative  of  Purpose.  Laelius  means  that 
these  persons  fail  to  see  that  tliey  love  themselves  for  tlieir  own 
salces,  not  for  any  ulterior  purpose,  and  that  they  f urther  fail  to 
see  that  they  ought  to  cherish  their  friends  from  siuiilar  motives. 

30.  haec  vis  amicitiae :  put  first  in  its  clause  for  tlie  sake  of 
emphasis. 

Ipse  se,  a  se  ipse :  for  the  nominative  ipse,  see  note  on  p.  3, 
1.  6. 

32.    per  se  :  in  and  ofhimself,  as  above,  1.  28. 

32.  1.  Quod  idem :  i.e.  this  same  spontaneousuess  of  affection 
that  one  feels  for  oneself. 

2.  est  enim  is,  etc.  :  the  subject  of  est  is  is ;  as  predicate 
supply  in  thought  verus  amicus,  — for  Jie  is  tJie  true  friend  ivJio  is, 
so  to  speak,  a  second  self 

3.  hoc  :  explaiued  by  tlie  followiug  ?/^-clauses. 

4.  volucribus,  etc.  :  the  auimals  are  classified  first  witli  refer- 
euce  to  their  habitat, — air,  water,  earth  (volucribus,  nantibus, 
agrestibus);  secoudly,  with  refereuce  to  their  being  tame  or  wild 
(cicuribus,  feris). 


104  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

5.    id  enlm  :  viz.  self-love. 
pariter  :  to  nn  equal  degree. 

7.  ad  quas  applicent:  Kelative  Clause  of  Purpose. 

8.  animantis  :   wiih  qtMs. 

idque  :  .siqii^ly  iu  thouglit  si  from  Qnudsi  in  1.  3  above. 

9.  quanto  id  magis :  f or  tlie  word-order,  see  note  on  p.  3, 
1.  17,  iam  habebat  in  senectute. 

10.  natura  :  natnrally. 

11.  cuius  misceat :  Relative  Clause  of  Purpose. 

12.  paene :  inodifyiiig  the  entire  clause,  not  any  siugle  word. 

13.  ne  dicam  impudenter  :  not  to  say  shamelessly. 

15.  non  possunt :  i.e.  morally  incapable. 

16.  Par  est :  itisfitting. 

ipsum :  iu  agreement  with  the  iudefinite  subject  of  esse  to  be 
supi^lied  in  thought ;  cf.  p.  25,  1.  23,  expertum. 

19.  confirmari  potest :  potest  here  involves  future  time,  and 
so  is  temporally  identical  witli  tlie  following  futures,  imperabunt, 
etc. 

20.  quibus  ceteri  serviunt :  to  which  others  are  slaves. 

24.  colent  inter  se  ac  diligent :  cherish  and  love  each  other ; 
wlien  tlie  phrase  inter  se  is  used  with  reciprocal  force,  se  is  not 
repeated  as  object  of  the  verb.     B.  245,  1,  a. 

25.  verebuntur  :  i.e.  will  entertain  sucli  a  feeling  of  respect  as 
will  forbid  the  asking  of  what  is  dishonorable. 

27.  iu  eis  error :  our  English  idiom  inverts  the  relation,  — 
they  are  in  error. 

28.  lubidinum  .  .  .  licentiam  :  tltat  the  door  is  opened  to  lusts 
and  sins  of  ecery  /citid. 

29.  virtutum  :  put  first  to  empliasize  the  contrast  between  htbi- 
dinum,  peccatonim,  and  virtutum,  i.e.  'tis  not  for  lust  aud  wrong 
doing,  but  for  virtue  tliat  friendship  is  designed  to  be  a  help. 

30.  ut  perveniret :  to  be  joined  closely  in  thought  with  data 
est. 

32.  coniuncta  et  consociata  :  by  being  joined  and  ailied. 
cum  altera  :  ■=  ntm  (lUfviin^  virtute. 

33.  1.  Quae  si  quos  inter,  etc.  :  and  if  this  union  exists 
bettceeti  any ;  the  nccessity  of  keeping  quos  (indefinite)  with  si 
has  led  to  the  anastroplie  of  the  prcpositiou. 


NOTES  105 

2.  eorum  ad  summum  naturae  bonum  comitatus :  their 
cscort  on  thc  road  to  nature''s  hiyhest  good  must  be  held  to  be 
inost  excellent  and  blesscd.  The  verbal  idea  in  comitatus  justifies 
the  prepositional  phrase  dependent  upon  a  substantive  ;  cf.  note 
on  p.  (5,  1.  15,  reditum  in  caehtm. 

5.  honestas,  gloria,  tranquillitas  animi  atque  iucunditas : 
not  four  separate  nu.'nibers  wilh  a  connective  between  tlie  last  two 
(see  note  on  p.  5,  1.  81),  but  three  members,  of  which  the  last 
is  a  hendiadys,  — sioeet  peace  of  spirit ;  honestas  means  virtue. 

(j.    ut  et  .  .  .  et :  so  that  on  the  one  hand.  .  .  .  and  on  the  other. 

cum  adsint :  cum  is  here  temporal ;  the  subjunctive  is  the 
result  of  attraction. 

8.    Quod  :  this  object,  viz.  attaining  happiness. 

l;J.    experiri:  u.sed  absolutely, — to  make  the  trial. 

14.  dicendum  est  enim  saepius :  the  same  thought  has  been 
presented,  p.  24,  1.  27  ;  p.  31.  1.  18. 

cum  iudicaris,  diligere  oportet,  etc.  :  i.e.  one  ought  not  to 
form  friendsliips  until  one  has  passed  judgment  on  one's  intended 
friends.     For  the  subjunctive,  see  note  on  p.  3,  1.  8,  verteris. 

16.  cum  .  .  .  tum  maxime:  not  only  .  .  .  but  especially. 
multis  in  rebus :  i)i  many  {other)  things;  cf.  p.  1,  1.  13,  Cum 

saepe  muJta. 
neglegentia  :  Ablative  of  Cause. 

17.  praeposteris  utimur  consiliis :  ^- u^e  put  the  cart  before 
the  horse^  (Stock),  i.e.  we  form  friendships  before  we  have  tested 
the  friend  ;  praeposterus  is  applied  to  anything  which  is  charac- 
terized  by  the  reverse  of  the  normal  order  or  normal  process. 
Hence  consilia  praepostera  are  those  whicli  come  after,  instead  of 
before,  action. 

18.  acta  agimus :  we  try  to  plead  a  case  that  is  settled,  i.e. 
having  determined  upon  friendship,  we  afterwards  proceed  to  test 
our  friend's  capacity  to  sustain  this  important  relation.  The 
expression  acta  agere  was  proverbial  with  the  Romans.  An 
ancient  Latin  commentator  (l)onatus)  explaifis  the  phrase  as 
arising  in  legal  practice,  and  as  applying  originally  to  cases  in 
court.  The  above  translation  aims  to  reproduce  this  conception. 
In  the  contradiction  involved  in  its  two  members,  the  phrase  acta 
agimus  is  an  excellent  ilkistration  of  the  figure  known  as  oxymoron. 


106  LAELIUS  DE   AMICITIA 

quod  vetamur  :  sc.  fnccvp. 

11>.  implicati  ultro  et  citro  :  baving  becomp  mntuaUy  attached, 
lit.  intertirinfd. 

20.  usu,  officjis  :  Ablatives  of  Cause,  —  as  a  result  uf  long 
intimacy  and  (mutual)  acts  of  kindness. 


CHAPTER    XXIII. 

Neglect  of  friendsliip  a  serious  fault.  Ofall  human  things  this 
is  the  only  one  whose  importance  is  nniversaUy  recognized. 

23.  Quo  etiam  magis,  etc.  :  i.e.  such  disregard  is  the  more 
blameworthy  in  proportion  as  friendship  itself  is  indispensable. 

24.  Una  est:  una  (for  tinum,  '  the  only  thing')  is  attracted  to 
the  gender  of  the  iDredicate  noun. 

26.  Quamquam  virtus  ipsa,  etc. :  and  yet  even  virtue  is  de- 
spised  by  many ;  Laelius's  argument  is  this:  Virtue  is  despised  by 
many  ;  yet  we  all  know  that  it  is  really  desirable.  How  much  more 
then  must  friendship  be  desirable,  which  no  oue  despises,  but 
which  all  witli  one  accord  unite  in  praising  (omnes  uno  ore  con- 
sentiunt). 

28.  quos  .  .  .  delectat:  explanatory  of  muUi,  —  viz.  those 
ivhom,  etc. 

2',).  parvo  :  for  the  ablative  neuter  of  adjectives  used  substan- 
tively,  cf.  p.  14,  1.  15,  Ab  his. 

victus  cultusque  :  victus  refers  more  particularly  to  subsi.stence, 
cuUus  to  dress,  furniture,  and  domestic  adornnient. 

32.  cetera :  object  of  putent,  but  put  at  the  beginning  of  the 
sentence  for  tlie  sake  of  empliasis  —  in  the  case  of  other  things. 

34.   2.    omnes  ad  unum  :  (dl  to  a  man. 

idem  sentiunt :  cherish  the  same  sentiment. 

'.).    et :  corrclative  with  the  f<  .  .   .  e<  following. 

4.  rerum  cognitione  doctrinaque  :   i.e.  scientific  investigation. 

5.  otiosi :   /.''.  frec  froin  i)articii)ation  in  public  life. 

0.  vitam  esse  nullam :  i.c.  that  iife  is  not  wt)rth  living  ;  cf. 
p.  9,  \.  28,  (jui  potrst  e.s.sy  vita  vitalis  .' 

7.    si  modo  velint:  we  should  natunliy  e.xpect  tlie  indirative 


NOTES  107 

here ;  the  subjunctive  inay  be  due  to  the  presence  of  modo,  felt  as 
denoting  a  proviso. 

liberaliter :  as  becomes  a  (jentleman. 

8.  Serpit  per  vitas  :  pcrvddcs  the  lives. 

9.  nec  ullam  .  .  .  rationem  :  no  calUng,  lit.  no  loay  of  passiny 
lifc. 

10.  esse  expertem  sui :  to  escape  its  (friendship'' s)  inftuence. 

12.  ut :  put  in  the  second  place  in  order  to  emphasize  congressus. 

13.  Timonem :  Timon  of  Atliens  lived  at  tlie  time  of  the 
Peloponnesian  War.  He  was  known  by  liis  contemporaries  as 
6  ixKTdvBpwnos,  '  the  misanthrope,'  and  was  the  subject  of  literary 
treatment  by  Lucian  (120-190  a.d.),  Shakespere's  play,  Timon 
of  Atliens,  deals  witli  the  same  tlieme. 

nescio  quem :  used,  like  ut  opinor  in  line  24,  to  avoid  the  ap- 
liearance  of  too  exact  knowledge  of  matters  not  generally  familiar. 

14.  is  pati  non  possit,  etc. :  the  form  of  expression  is  exceed- 
ingly  cumbrous  and  unusual.  Translate  :  yet  he  conld  not  refrain 
from  seeking  somc  one. 

apud  quem  evomat :   in  vhnse  company  to  letforth. 

15.  hoc  maxime  iudicaretur:  this  conchision  (viz.  as  to  the 
indispensableness  of  friendship)  wo%ild  be  reached  particularly. 

21.  qui  posset :  as  to  be  able ;  Relative  Clause  of  Result. 

22.  cuique :  i.c  et  cui. 

23.  a  Tarentino  Archyta:  Arcliytas  of  Tarentum  was  a  fa- 
mous  Pythagorean  phih^sopher  who  flourished  about  400  b.c.  He 
was  eminent  also  as  a  matliematician,  general,  and  statesman. 

24.  dicisolitum:  solitnm  stands  in  predicate  relation  to  g?(oc?, 
—  ichich  I have  heard  old  men  mention  as  an  oft-repeated  saying  of 
Archytas,  as  my  impression  is  (ut  ojnnor). 

25.  ab  aliis  senibus :  from  other  old  men ;  witli  auditum. 

26.  si  ascendisset,  etc.  :  in  direct  statement  the  pluperfects  of 
this  passage  would  be  perfect  subjunctives  ;  fore  would  be  present 
subjunctive,  —  if  one  should  mount  and  see,  07ie^s  admiration 
vjould  be  ;  but  all  this  vmdd  be  .  .  .  if  one  should  have,  etc. 

27.  illam  admirationem  :  admiration  of  those  things  ;  cf.  p.  2, 
1.  2,  in  eam  mentionem  =  in  eius  rei  mentionem. 

28.  si  aliquem :  cf.  p.  12,  1.  32. 

29.  Sic,  etc. :  such  a  way  has  nature  of  loving,  etc. 


108  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

30.  semperque :  hnt  alvayf^ ;  for  -(jup  adversative,  cf.  p.  9, 
1.  23. 

aliquod  tamquam  adminiculum :  snme  prop,  so  to  speak ; 
admiiiirMlnin  properly  de.sigiiates  the  stake  used  to  support  a 
grapeviiif. 

31.  quod:  se.  <^f(?);i//ii/ry(/(r//i,  in  tlie  figurative  sense. 
amicissimo  quoque  dulcissimum :  i.e.  is  dear  in  proportion  to 

the  exteiit  of  the  frieiidsliip. 

CHAPTERS   XXIV.-XXVI. 

Friends  miist  be  ahsolntely  frank  loith  each  other.  Reproofmxist 
he  administered,  and  mrist  be  endured.  Tliere  can  be  no  greater 
menace  to  friendship  than  fatteri/. 

35.  3.  quae  ab  ea  monemur  :  =  her  warnings,  viz.  tliat  friend- 
ship  is  indispensable  ;  qaae  is  Accusative  of  Result  (Internal 
Object)  retained  in  the  passive. 

audimus :  heed,  listen  to,  as  p.  30,  1.  10. 

4.  usus  amicitiae  :  experience  in  friendship. 

5.  multaeque  :  and  consequentli)  many. 

6.  quas  :  sc.  snspiciones. 

tum  .  .   .  tum  .   .   .  tum :    iioin  .   .  .   nov)  .  .  .  noio. 

7.  una  illa  subeunda  off ensio :  the  foUoxdng  veration  in  par- 
ticidar  must  {however)  be  endured ;  illa  is  exphiined  by  nam  et 
monendi,  etc. 

ut  retineatur :  Clause  of  Purpose. 

8.  et  (monendi) :  this  et  is  correlative  witli  et  before  haec 
accipienda. 

11.  in  Andria:  tlie  Andria  ('The  Woman  of  Andros')  is  an 
extant  coiuedy  of  Terence,  who  lived  froni  about  185  to  159  h.c. 

familiaris  meus  :  Terence. 

13.  obsequium,  etc. :  an  iambic  trinieter  ;  see  note  on  p.  26, 
1.  16.     Tlie  metrical  scheme  is : 


The  scansion  is : 

Obse'qui  |  "">  ami  |  cos,  ve  |  ritas  |  odiiim  |  parit. 


NOTES  109 

For  the  iambus  (^ ),  we  find  a  dactyl  iu  the  first  foot,  a 

spondee  in  the  third,  and  an  anapest  (^  k^  )  in  the  fifth. 

15.  obsequium,  quod  sinit :  ac(nnplaisancev:hich  nlloios.  Lae- 
lius  does  not  nifan  that  all  obsequium  is  necessarily  bad,  only  cer- 
tain  forms  of  it. 

18.  in  fraudem  :  tn  rnin. 

19.  habenda  ratio  et  diligentia  :  there  is  a  slight  zeugma  here ; 
rationcm  habere  is  a  common  phrase,  but  diligentiani  habere  is 
unknown  ;   the  Romans  said  diUgentiam  adhibere. 

20.  monitio  :  found  only  liere  iii  Cicero. 

22.  comitas  adsit,  assentatio  amoveatur :  the  clause  comi- 
tas  adsit,  thougli  grammatically  coordinate  with  amoveatnr,  is  logi- 
cally  subordinate  to  it,  — thourjh  affabilitii  is  to  be  present,  ijet  let 
flattery  be  put  asidr. 

23.  quae  est :  with  distinct  causal  force,  since  it  is  not  ivorthy. 
2-1.   non  modo  :  for  non  modo  non;  when  the  senteuce  has  but 

one  predicate,  and  this  stands  with  ne  .  .  .  quidem  in  tlie  second 
member,  non  modo  may  be  used  for  non  modo  non. 

libero  :  a  gentleman  ;  cf.  p.  34,  1.  7,  liberaliter. 

25.  cum  tyranno :  with  a  tyrant,  flattery  may  have  its  excuse, 
but  not  with  friends. 

28.   illud  Catonis  :  that  v:eU-known  sayinj  of  Cato. 

ut  multa :  for  nt  muHa  aUa,  as  often  ;  cf.  p.  1,  1.  13.  Cato's 
sayings  were  collected  and  published  after  his  death. 

melius  de  quibusdam  mereri :  bene  de  aUquo  mereri  means  to 
deserce  weU  of  some  one,  i.e.  to  have  done  a  service  to  some  one; 
so  here  :  to  certain  men  bitter  enemies  often  do  a  greater  service. 

30.  illos  verum  :  explicative  asyndeton. 

31.  illud  :  explained  by  the  clause  quod  rapiunt. 

36.  2.  peccasse  se :  the  infinitive  depends  upon  anguntnr  as  a 
verbnm  sentiendi. 

3.  obiurgari  moleste  ferunt :  se  would  naturally  be  expressed 
as  the  subject  uf  obinnjari,  but  is  easily  supplied  from  peccasse  se. 

4.  quod  contra  oportebat :  whereas  on^the  other  hand  (lit. 
against  u-hirh)  they  ought ;  quod  is  governed  by  contra ;  for  the 
anastrophe,  cf.  Cato  Maior,  §  84,  quod  contra  decuit. 

6.  moneri :  i.e.  to  take  advice. 

7.  libere :  frankly. 


110  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

8.    non  aspere  :   {tft)  vnthont  hurshncss. 

repugnanter  :  resentfulhj. 

!•.    sic  :  forrclative  with  tlie  forcgoing  ut. 

10.  adulationem,  blanditiam,  assentationem  :  of  these  three 
designalioiis,  adulatio,  •  fawning,'  is  the  strongest ;  hlanditia  means 
the  saying  of  pleasant  things ;  assentatio  is  slavish  agreement  with 
the  opinions  of  otliers.  Blanditia  occurs  only  rarely  in  the  singu- 
lar  ;  ordinarily  the  form  is  blanditiae. 

11.  quamvis  enim  multis  nominibus :  for  nnder  as  many 
names  ((s  ijou  u-UI. 

12.  notandum  :  to  he  hranded. 
ad  :   i'-ith  reference  to. 

H.    omnium  rerum  :  in  aJl  niatters. 
1-5.    idque  :   id  refers  to  veri. 
amicitiae  :  dative. 

17.  valere  non  potest :  ca)i  have  no  force. 

18.  sit  in  eo,  ut  unus,  etc. :  consists,  so  to  speak,  in  the  creation 
of  one  spiril  out  of  several. 

19.  qui :  how? 

uno  .  .  .  quoque  :  i'i(<-]i  one. 

20.  unus  animus  idemque  :  one  spirit  and  the  same  .'^pirit ;  the 
rendering  '  one  and  the  same  spirit '  would  be  misleading. 

21.  multiplex  :  deceitful,  as  p.  2G,  1.  ?>0. 

22.  flexibile  :  inconstant ;  only  here,  apparcntly,  in  this  sense. 
devium :  synonymous  withflexibile. 

24.  convertitur:  here  in  the  middle  sense,  turns  (lit.  turns 
liimself ). 

25.  Negat  quis,  nego,  ctc.  :  if  a  person  says  '  »o,'  I  say  '  no  ' ; 
if  he  says  '2/es,'  /  say  'y<?s.'  The  lines  are  from  the  Eunuchus 
('The  Eunuch')  of  Terence,  If,  2,  21.  The  metre  is  the  trochaic 
septenarius,  —  seven  trochees  and  the  lirst  .syllable  of  an  cighth. 
The  metrical  scheme  is  : 

6w_|www|^_| ll^w|_ww|.£w|_. 

^  w  I  _  _  I  ^  _. 

The  scansion  is  : 

Negat  quis  |  neg"  ait  |  iiio  |  postre  |  ni"  iniper  |  av'  ego  |  met  nii  |  hi. 
Oninia  I  assen  1  tari. 


NOTES  111 

The  anapaest  (^  ^  _),  spondee  ( ),  or  tribrach  (w  w  w) 

is  freely  substituted  for  the  trochee  iu  any  foot  except  tbe  last. 
postremo:  in  short,  infine. 
20.    Omnia :  in  all  things. 

27.  Gnathonis :  of  Gnatho,  a  parasite. 
persona  :  the  role,  part. 

28.  quod  amici  genus  :  a  kincl  offriend  which. 
adhibere  omnino  :  to  uilmit  (to  onp''^  frie)ulship)  at  all. 

20.  Multi  autem  Gnathonum  similes  cum  sint :  but  inasmuch 
as  manij  (irc  Uke  the  Gnathns ;  o\\  tlie  phirai  (hiatlinnum,  used  to 
represent  a  class,  cf.  p.  9,  1.  24,  1'aulos. 

30.  loco,  fortuna,  fama  superiores  :  thourjh  superior  in  orifjin, 
etc. 

31.  vanitatem :  emjUiness,  hoUowness,  insincerity. 
auctoritas :  influence. 

37.   2.    tam;   /.*'.  as  easily. 
adhibita  diligentia  :  l>!/  takinrj  care. 

3.    sinceris,  veris :  sinceris  is  contrasted  with  fucata,  veris  with 
simulata. 
contio  :  a  ( popular)  gathering. 

5.  popularem  :  a  demagogue. 

6.  inter  :  in  consequence  of  the  intervening  appositional  phrase, 
the  preposition  is  repeated  for  the  sake  of  clearness. 

7.  C.  Papirius:  Gaius  Papirius  Carbo  ;  see  note  on  p.  17,  1.  19. 
influebat  in  auris  :  i.e.  insinuated  himself  into  the  favor  of  the 

people. 

8.  cum  ferret  legem  :  whoi  he  introduced  a  bill. 

de  tribunis  plebis  reficiendis :  in  137  b.c,  Carbo,  who  was 
then  tribune,  introduced  a  proposition  authorizing  tlie  reelection 
of  the  same  person  to  tlie  office  of  tribune.  Scipio  spoke  against 
the  nieasure  and  defeated  it. 

9.  Dissuasimus  nos :  /  argued  against  it ;  note  the  '  editorial ' 
nos,  followed  immediately  by  the  return  to  the  singular  {sed  nihil 
de  me). 

11.  ut  facile  .  .  .  diceres :  so  that  ijou  involuntarilij  declared 
him  leadrr,  etc. ;  the  second  singular  with  general  force. 

13.  est  in  manibus  oratio :  in  circulation,  i.e.  uiay  still  be 
read,  as  in  Cato  Maior,  §  12.     Tlie  phrase  often  has  another  mean- 


112  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITL\ 

ing,  e.g.  in  manibus  hahcrr,  'to  have  in  haiid,'  i.e.  to  be  at  worlc 
upon. 

lex  popularis,  suffragiis  populi :  the  contrast  of  popularis  and 
populi  is  ileciijedly  .sarcastic. 

15.  Q.  Maximo  :  see  note  on  p.  28,  1.  12. 

16.  et :  ordinarily  no  conjunction  is  used  to  counect  the  naraes 
of  consuls  when  the  praenomen  is  expressed  ;  here,  liowever,  the 
connectivi'  is  nece.ssitated  by  tlie  intervening  appositive. 

quam  videbatur:  instead  of  the  subjunctive  of  indirect  (jues- 
tion,  we  have  the  thought  expressed  with  greater  emphasis  in  the 
form  of  an  explanation,  meministis  being  parenthetical. 

lex  de  sacerdotiis  :  by  this  bill  it  was  proposed  to  aboli.sh  the 
right  of  the  priestly  colleges  to  fill  vacancies  in  their  own  bodies, 
and  to  transfer  this  power  to  the  people. 

17.  C.  Licini  Crassi :   Crassus  was  triljune  in  145  ij.c. 

18.  ad  populi  beneficium  transferebatur :  icas  heiny  chanyed 
to  a  matter  of  puhlic  patronafje  (Keid)  ;  transferebatiir  is  used 
with  conative  force,  —  the  attempt  tcas  made  to  transfer. 

atque  :  (ind  fnrthfr. 

19.  in  forum  versus :  llie  tribunes  spoke  from  the  Rostra, 
which  at  the  time  referred  to  was  situated  between  the  forum  and 
the  comitium.  The  patricians  gathered  in  tlie  comitium,  the  ple- 
beians  in  the  forxim.  Hence  Crassits's  innovation  was  in  the 
nature  of  a  bid  for  popular  favor. 

agere  cum  populo  :  the  teclmical  jjhrase  to  designate  the  official 
presentation  ot'  l)usinc.ss  to  the  people  by  a  magistrate ;  cf.  p.  2, 1.  11. 

20.  vendibilem :  attractive,  engaging. 

22.  praetore  me  :   Laelius  was  praetor  in  145  li.c. 

23.  re  magis  quam  summa  auctoritate  :  i.e.  by  tlie  merits  of 
the  case  itself  rather  than  by  virtue  of  any  supreme  autliority.  The 
summa  auctoritas  belonged  to  the  consul ;  Laelius  was  only  praetor, 

25.  in  scaena,  id  est  in  contione  :  on  the  (^niblic)  stage, 
I  mean  in  the  popidar  assemhlg;  scaena  \\\  this  sense  is  not 
uncommon. 

26.  in  qua  :  rcfcrring  tn  .svv^r/u^ 

rebus  fictis  et  adumbratis :  pretence  and  misrepresentatio» ; 
adumhrare  is  primarily  to  sketch  i)i  outline,  aud  so  secondarily  to 
represent  imperfectly  or  to  misreprcsent,  as  here. 


NOTES  113 

loci  plurimum  :  most  scnpe  (Sidgwick). 
28.    tota  :  iioiiuuative. 

20.    perpenditur  :  lit.  ^oeirjhed,  i.e.  estimated,  tested. 
ut  dicitur :  iiidicating  that  (tpertum  pectus  videre  i.s  a  proverbial 
expressioii  ;  cf.  p.  8,  1.  19,  ut  aiunt. 

31.  amare,  amari :  in  appo.sition  witli  nihil. 

32.  Quamquam  :  corrtrtivL'.  —  and  yet. 

38.    1.    quamvis  perniciosa  sit :  hoicever  baneful  it  he. 

3.    patefaciat  aures  :  tlie  English  idiom  is  '  to  lend  an  ear.' 

5.  Omnino :  somewhat  concessive,  and  correlative  with  the 
io\lowin<^  autem,  —  to  be  sure  .  .  .  but. 

(i.    quamque  :  =Pt  quam. 

7.   de  virtutis  opinione :  of  fancied  virtue. 

0.    videri  :  sc.  praediti  esse. 

10.    his  adhibetur  :  is  directed  at  these. 

VI.   laudum  suarum  :  of  their  ov;n  merits. 

Nulla  :  ompliatic  by  position,  —  no  friendship  at  all ;  cf.  p.  34, 
1.  6,  vitarn  esse  )niUam. 

haec  :  explained  bj'  tlie  following  c»Hi-clauses. 

1").  nisi  essent  milites  gloriosi :  unless  there  toere  bracjgart 
soldiers ;  the  miles  gloriosus  was  a  stock  figure  of  the  Roman 
comedy,  and  there  are  many  .scenes  in  wliich  the  flattery  of  the 
parasite  and  the  braggadocio  of  his  master  are  cleverly  depicted. 
The  best-known  examples  of  the  type  are  Pyrgopolinices  in  Plau- 
tus's  ^liles  Gloriosus  and  Tliraso  in  Terence's  Eunuchus. 

17.  Magnas  vero  agere,  etc:  this  line  is  spoken  by  Thraso  in 
the  Eunuchus,  III,  1,1.  He  has  sent  his  mi.stress,  Thais,  a  pres- 
ent,  and  inquires  of  Gnatho,  his  parasite,  how  she  has  received  it. 
The  infinitive  agere  is  exclamatory.  The  verse  is  an  iambic  trim- 
eter  (see  note  on  p.  26,  1.  16).     Tlie  metrical  scheme  is  : 

The  scansion  is  : 

Jlagnas  |  vero  age  |  re  gra  |  tias  |  Thais  |  mihi. 

Xote  the  spondee  used  for  the  iambus  in  the  first  foot,  aud  the 
dactyl  in  the  second. 

18.  inquit :  sc.  Gnatho. 
22.    allectant:  court. 


114  LAELIUS   DE  AMICITIA 

graviores  constantioresque :    tJwse  of  stronger  and  steadier 
character. 
25.    nemo  non  videt :  no  one  fails  to  see. 

28.  quippe  qui  :  since  he. 

29.  det  manus  :  surrenders. 

39.  1.  plus  vidisse :  to  have  had  the  deeper  insight,  i.e.  into 
tlie  niatter  under  discussion. 

2.  ut  ne  :  on  nt  ne,  see  note  on  p.  18,  1.  13. 
magis  :  sc.  fjxo  turpius  est. 

3.  Ut  me  hodie,  etc:  v;ell  sureli/  you  hnve  cheated  nnd  mnde 
sport  of  me  to-day  most  richhj,  heyond  all  other  old  men  icho  ficjure 
in  comedij ;  tlie  subjunctive  witli  tit  often  occurs  in  sucli  expres- 
sions  as  this,  dependent,  perhaps,  upon  sometliing  to  be  supplied, 
e.g.  '  it  has  been  brought  about '  (factum  est),  or  sometliing  similar ; 
verso  is  here  used  in  the  figurative  sense  of  turning  a  man  about 
one's  finger ;  inlusseris  v?itli  ss  represents  the  archaic  spelling, 
whicli,  as  inscriptions  show,  was  still  in  vogue  in  Cicero's  day  in 
many  words  which  we  ordinarily  spell  with  one  s,  e.g.  ussus, 
divissio,  caussa,  etc.  Tlie  two  verses  are  from  a  lost  play,  the 
Epiclerus  ('The  Heiress'),  by  Caecilius  Statius,  a  Roman  comic 
poet  who  lived  from  about  220  to  100  b.c,  and  of  whose  works 
only  fragments  remain.  The  metre  of  the  lines  is  iambic  trime- 
ter.  Their  metrical  structure  will  be  apparent  from  a  compari- 
son  with  p.  20,  1.  10,  and  p.  35,  1.  12.  Cicero  quotes  the  words 
comicos  stultos  senes  also  in  Cato  Maior,  §  30. 

5.    etiam  in  fabulis  :  as  well  as  in  real  life. 
persona  :  as  p.  2,  1.  22. 

0.  improvidorum  et  credulorum  senum :  the  genitive  is  ap- 
positional,  and  cxplanatory  oi  persona. 

7.  perfectorum:  complete. 

8.  de  hac  sapientia,  etc.  :  as  opposed  to  the  impossible  ideal  of 
thc  Stoics  ;  see  p.  8,  1.  10,  eam  sapientiam  interprctantur  quam 
adhuc  mortalis  nemo  consecntus  est. 

in  hominem  cadere  :  to  fall  to  the  Jot  of  man  ;  cf.  p.  20,  1.  10. 

10.  ad  illa  prima  :  vlz.  tliat  friendship  can  subsist  only  between 
tlie  good,  as  statcd,  p.  8,  1.  5. 

11.  aliquando  :  <tt  length. 


NOTES  115 


CHAPTER   XXVII. 

In  dosinrj,  Laelius  again  emphasizes  the  inclispensableness  of 
virliie  as  a  basis  for  friendship,  and  closes  with  a  lofty  tribute  to 
the  character  of  Scipio. 

12.  C.  Fanni,  Q.  Muci:  tlie  fuU  names  are  in  accordance  with 
the  great  earnestness  of  the  .speaker. 

14.  convenientia  rerum  :  harmomj. 

15.  quae  :  \\z.  virtus. 

18.    ex  quo  :  in  conseqxience  of  ivhich. 
10.    dictum  est :  are  called,  named. 

20.  nulla  indigentia:  without  any  sense  of  want ;  Ablative  of 
Attendant  Circunistance  ;  quaesita  belongs  only  with  utilitate. 

21.  quae  :  viz.  utilitas. 
ipsa :  of  its  oion  accord. 

22.  minus  =  non. 

23.  senes  illos  :  those  famous  old  men. 

24.  Paulum,  Catonem,  Galum  :  see  note  on  p.  4,  1.  21. 
Nasicam  :  V.  Cornelius  Scipio  Nasica  Corculum,  son-in-law  of 

the  elder  Africanus.     He  was  consul  in  162  and  155  b.c. 

25.  Ti.  Gracchum :  father  of  tlie  Gracclii,  and,  lilie  Nasica, 
son-in-law  of  the  elder  Africanus. 

26.  aequales:  men  ofthe  same  aye. 

27.  Furium.  Rupilivun,  Mummium  :  see  notes  on  p.  28,  1.  10  f. 

29.  acquiescimus  :  i.e.  find  rest  and  solace. 
Tuberonis  :  see  note  on  p.  16,  1.  13. 

30.  Rutili :  Publius  Rutilius  Rufus,  a  famous  jurist,  pupil  of 
P.  Mucius  Scaevola.  In  philosophy  he  studied  under  the  Stoic 
Panaetius. 

31.  Vergini  :  Aixlus  Verginius,  anotlier  jurist. 
ratio :  pJan. 

40.  1.  alia  ex  alia  aetas  oriatur :  one  generation  after  another 
is  (ever)  springing  up. 

3.  e  carceribus  emissus  sis,  ad  calcem  pervenire  :  the  com- 
parison  is  borrowed  from  tlie  race-course  ;  carceres  were  the  stalls 
at  the  end  of  the  course  from  whicli  the  chariots  started  ;  the  calx 
(lit.  lime)  was  a  chalk-line  marking  the  limit  of  the  race ;  emittere 


116  LAELIUS   DE   AMIdTIA 

(lit.  to  let  go)  was  the  technical  expression  for  starting  the  char- 
iots.  Notice  the  apologetic  expressions,  tamquam  and  iit  dicitiu; 
used  to  soften  the  metaphor,  as  frequently.  With  the  whole  ex- 
pression,  cf.  the  closely  sirailar  passage  in  the  Cato  Maior,  §  83, 
nec  vcro  velim  quasi  decnrso  spatio  ad  carceres  a  calce  revocari. 

10.  virtutem :  emphatic,  —  'twas  the  character  of  that  man, 
that  I  lovcd. 

11.  quae  :  nnd  that. 

12.  in  manibus  habui :  /  have  had  it  at  hand;  here  we  have 
yet  a  third  seuse  ia  whicli  tlie  phrase  in  manibus  habere  occurs. 
For  the  two  otliers,  see  note  on  p.  37,  I.  13. 

14.    maiora  :  i.e.  any  very  great  enterprises. 

19.  rerum  privatarum  :  runcernind  private  matters. 

20.  in  eadem  :  in  tliat  too. 

21.  ne  quidem  :  used,  as  often,  to  talce  up  and  intensify  a  pre- 
cedint;-  negative. 

quod  quidem  senserim  :  so  far  at  least  as  I  noticed  ;  Clause  of 
Characteristic,  with  restrictive  force. 

23.    idem  victus  :  the  same  mode  of  life. 

20.  cognoscendi  atque  discendi,  and  (I.  28)  recordatio  et 
memoria  :  for  the  syuDnynis,  cf.  p.  14,  1.  25. 

31.  nec :  on  the  one  hand  .  .  .  not ;  correlative  with  et  before 
si  ('  and  on  tlie  otlier '). 

alunturque :  -(iue  liere  lias  adversative  force,  —  are  not  bJotted 
out,  but  are  ruthcr  fostered. 

41.  1.  illis :  on  tlie  ablative  plural  neuter  iised  substantively, 
see  note  on  p.  14,  1.  15. 

affert :  tlie  apodosis  corresponding  to  si  orbatus  essem  would 
naturally  stand  in  the  imperfect  subjunctive,  but  the  anacoluthon, 
by  stating  tlie  conclusion  as  a  fact,  adds  vividness  to  the  passage. 

aetas  ipsa  :  my  very  aye. 

2.    Diutius  :    {not)  venj  ImKj. 

5.  Haec  habui  quae  dicerem :  I  had  this  to  saij ;  Relative 
Clause  of  Purposc  ;  cf.  the  similar  close  of  the  Cato  Maior,  Haec 
habui  quae  de  senectute  dicerem. 

6.  ita  virtutem  locetis :  i.e.  give  it  so  important  a  place. 


CRITICAL  APPENDIX' 


The  standard  critical  edition  of  the  de  Amicitia  is  tliat  by  C.  F.  W. 
Miiller  in  the  Teubner  edition  of  Cicero's  works  (Leipsic,  1879). 
Miiller's  edition  was  based  upon  the  following  Mss.  : 

Gudianus  (G). 

2  Monacenses  (BS),  at  Munich. 

2  Vindobonenses  (DV),  at  Vienna. 

Erfurtensis  (E),  at  Erfurt. 

Parisiuus  (P),  in  the  possession  of  Bernard  Quaritch,  Esq.,  of 
London. 

Since  the  publication  of  Miiller's  edition  the  following  new 
Ms.  material  has  beconie  available : 

Harleianus  2682,  in  the  British  Musenm. 

2  Cornelliani  (CK),  in  the  Library  of  Cornell  Uuiversity  at 
Ithaca,  whose  existence  was  not  known  to  me  until  my  own  text 
had  been  given  to  the  printer.  At  the  earliest  opportunity  I  shall 
publish  an  account  of  these  Mss. 

P  is  regarded  by  Miiller  as  the  best  Ms.,  but  it  is  questionable 
whether  he  does  not  overrate  its  worth. 

In  the  Neue  Jahrbiicher  fiir  Philologie  uud  Padagogik,  vol.  13-3, 
p.  545,  Dr.  Carl  Meissner  has  ably  discussed  a  number  of  the  more 
difficult  problems  of  the  text.  Several  of  the  readings  proposed  by 
him  are  so  plausible  that  I  have  adopted  theni. 

1,  16.  permultis:  Miiller  reads /o/-<e  mtdlis.  The  M.ss.  have 
tian  fere  multis,  which  several  editors  retain.  With  that  reading 
fere  must  be  taken  with  tiim.  But  it  is  difficult  to  see  the  appropri- 
ateness  of  any  such  modifier  of  tum  in  this  context ;  the  addition 
of  fere  to  tum  hinders  rather  than  helps  the  thought.     I  have 


1  This  appeiidix  is  devoted  chiefly  to  a  diseussion  of  the  passages 
(some  forty  in  number)  where  I  have  deviated  f njm  the  text  of  Miiller. 

117 


118  LAELIUS   DE   AMICITIA 

tlierefore  adopted  the  conjecture  of  Schiche  and  HtreWtz,^ permiiUis. 
This  seenis  to  me  superior  to  Muller's  conjecture,  forte  muUis ;  in 
point  of  sense  it  is  niore  natural,  and  paleographically  it  is  easier. 
The  Greek  translation  of  1'etavius  (raris,  1553)  has  os  (sc.  Koyos) 
naX  TToWols  rr^viicavTa  ota  aTOjxaros  "fiv. 

4.  26.  utroque  vestrum :  Mss.  GBSVE  have  this  reading ; 
PD  have  iitroqne.,  followed  by  Miillor,  and  all  recent  edilors  except 
Reid.  To  oniit  vestrum  would  be  to  concede  more  authority  to  P 
than  it  seenis  to  nie  we  are  justified  in  attaching  to  that  Ms. 

G.  12.  qui  non  tum  hoc,  tum  illud,  uti  plerique  :  jMuUer 
gives  the  Ms.  reading  here  :  qui  non  tum  hoc,  tum  illud,  ut  in  ple- 
risque,  and  niarks  the  passage  as  corrupt.  In  this  attitude  he  is 
probably  correct,  as  the  omission  of  the  verb  of  saying  with  qui  is 
unparalleled.  Some  scholars  defend  the  ellipsis,  comparing  such 
stereotyped  jjhrases  as  p.  1,  1.  10,  sed  de  hoc  alias.  But  such  com- 
parisons  do  not  seem  to  me  to  furnish  the  necessary  support  for  the 
omission  of  dicebat  in  the  passage  before  us.  Gulielmius  suggested 
cui  for  qui  and  made  this  depend  upon  vidcbatur  to  be  supplied 
from  videbatur  below,  changing  also  lU  in  plerisque  to  uti plerisque. 
This  conjecture  has  met  with  much  favor,  but  it  can  hardly  be 
pronounced  less  violent  than  the  proposal  to  understand  dicebat. 
Those  who  retain  tU  in  plerisque,  '  as  in  most  matters,'  explain  it 
as  referring  to  Socrates's  habit  of  assuming  a  position  now  on  one 
side  of  a  subject,  now  on  the  otlier,  for  the  sake  of  argument.  But 
as  Deiter  well  remarks  (Bursian's  Jahresbericht,  vol.  84,  p.  79), 
Socrates  was  not  so  vacillating  that  in  most  cases  he  held  now  this 
view,  now  that.  The  contrast  is  drawn  rather  between  the  views 
of  Socrates  and  the  views  of  others  touching  the  nature  of  the 
human  soul.  Hence  Deiter  himself  had  conjectured  ?<<  plerique,  a 
reading  found,  according  to  Ramorino  (Rivista  di  Filologia,  XV, 
261),  in  a  Milan  Ms.  collated  by  him.  Tlie  conjecture  lUiplerique 
is  Stn'litz's  ;  I  have  adopted  it  as  being  slightly  nearer  the  Mss. 

10.  31.  atque  discordiis :  Miiller  reads  atqiie  ex  discordiis. 
The  Ms.  authority  for  ex,  however,  is  .slight,  and  the  repetition 
of  the  preposition  is  unusual  where  synonyms  are  combined. 


1  Schiche's  text  was  publishud  iirst,  but  Strelitz  luid  iudepeu.kMitly 
liit  upon  the  same  conjecture. 


CRITICAL  APPENDIX  119 

percipi:  tliis  is  tlie  Ms.  readiiig.  Miiller  reads  perspici  after 
Madvig.  But  percipi  is  used  frequently  in  tlie  sense  demanded  by 
tlie  context.  For  instances,  see  Mei-guet,  Lexikon  zu  den  pliilo- 
sopliisclien  Schriften  Ciceros.  Of  recent  editors,  Reid,  Scliiclie, 
Nauck,  and  Monet  read  percijn. 

11.  2L  qua  :  this  is  the  reading  of  all  the  Mss.  except  P,  which 
reads  quae,  adopted  by  Miiller.  It  is  perfectly  true  that  quae  is  as 
comnion  or  commoner  in  Cicero  than  qua  as  an  indefinite  pronoun 
(see  Neue,  Formenlehre  der  lateinischen  Sprache^  II,  p.  407);  yet 
qua  is  f  requent,  and  in  the  present  passage  seems  to  have  decidedly 
the  stronger  support. 

15.  18.  perducti  essent :  this  is  Meissner's  conjecture.  Miiller, 
following  the  Mss.,  reads  pcrdiixissent.  Meissner  defends  his  con- 
jecture  in  Neue  Jahrbiicher  fiir  Philologie  und  Padagogik,  vol.  135, 
p.  553  f.  If  we  read  perduxissent,  he  points  out  that  not  only  is 
there  a  violent  cliange  of  subject  in  the  two  successive  verbs  (pone- 
rentur  and  perduxissent) .,  but  it  is  also  necessary  to  supply  an  object 
(amores)  with  pei-duxissent ;  the  subject  is  again  violently  changed 
with  dirimi  (sc.  amores).  Stylistically  Meissner's  conjecture  is  a 
great  improvement,  while  paleographically  it  is  extremely  simple 
and  plausible. 

17.  4.  memoriam:  Miiller  follows  P  and  reads  memoria,  in 
which  he  is  followed  by  all  recent  editors  except  Reid.  Editors 
defend  memnria  by  citing  Cato  quoted  by  Gellius,  XIV,  2,  26,  Atque 
ego  a  maiuribus  memoria  sic  accepi ;  and  Cic.  de  Nat.  Deo.  II,  37, 
95,  accepissent  antem  fama  et  auditione  esse  quoddam  numen  et 
vim  deoriim.  Rut  these  cases  are  different ;  in  the  passage  from 
Cato,  accepi  is  completed  by  sic ;  in  the  passage  from  the  de  Nat. 
Deo.  the  verb  has  a  direct  object  in  tlie  infinitive.  In  the  Laelius 
passage  we  are  called  upon  to  accept  accipere  alone  in  the  same  use. 

18.  2.  quoquo :  the  reading  of  C  (and  earlier  editors).  P  lias 
quoqne  ;  tlie  other  Mss.  quoque  quem.     Mtiller  reads  quocumque. 

5.  Serpit  clam  ea  res :  the  Mss.  give  Serpit  deinde  res,  which 
Milller  reads  and  marks  as  corrupt.  My  readiftg  follows  the  con- 
jecture  of  Deiter  (Bursian's  Jaliresbericht,  vol.  84,  p.  79).  The  con- 
fusion  of  initial  cl  with  d  is  easy  and  of  frequent  occurrence  in  Mss. ; 
m  also  might  easily  become  in,  so  tliat  paleograpliically  Deiter's 
conjecture  (dain  ea  >  deinde)  is  very  plausible. 


120  LAELirS  DE   AMICITLA. 

15.  in  magna  aliqua  re:  P  has  in  mar/na  uJiqua  rep ;  the  other 
Mss.,  in  magna  aliquu  re  p.,  i.e.  magnam  aliqnam  rem  p.  (except- 
ing  V,  which  omits  p.).  Muller  reads  in  magna  aliqua  re  puhlica  ; 
other  editors  consider  the  p.  a  dittography  of  the  initial  p  of  pec- 
cantibus.  This  view  has  seemed  to  me  the  niore  probable,  as  it 
has  to  most  recent  editors,  —  Halm,  Baiter,  Lalimeyer,  Xauck, 
Scliiche,  Meissner,  Strelitz,  Novak,  Monet.  I  am  iufluenced  more 
by  tlie  extreme  rarity  of  the  expression  res  puhlica  \n  the  sense  of 
'a  public  matter'  than  by  any  other  consideration.  The  text  used 
by  Petavius,  however,  evidently  had  re  puhlica.  His  translation 
IS :    iv  /jLe-yd\o}  Tij/i  /cara  rrjs  iroKiTfias. 

32.  futura  sit :  the  reading  of  all  Mss.  except  TE,  wliich  omit 
sit.  Ilalm,  Reid,  Meissner,  Novak,  read  futura  sit.  Editors  wlio 
omit  sit  cite  no  parallel. 

19.  4.  consilium  verum  :  this  is  the  Ms.  reading.  ^lliller  and 
nearly  all  recent  editors  cliange  verum  to  vero.  Keid,  however, 
ably  defends  the  reading  verum,  citing  Horace,  Satires  II,  3,  16, 
di  te,  Damasippe,  deaeque  verum  ob  consiliuni  donent  tonsore ; 
Curtius  VI,  10,  26,  fides  amicitiae,  veri  consilii  periculosa  lihertas. 
He  further  urges  the  interruption  of  the  a.syndetic  construction  of 
the  passage  consequent  upon  reading  vero.  Petavius  translates 
ra.Ki)Q7j  ^u/j.BouKevouTfs. 

21,  6.  tam  trahat :  this  is  the  Ms.  reading.  Miiller  and  most 
editors  arbitrarily  change  this  to  attrahat ;  in  defence  of  the  Ms. 
reading  Keid  cites  Horace,  Satires,  II,  6,  75,  quidve  ad  amicilias, 
usus  rectumne,  trahat  nos. 

19.  utilitatis  causa  :  tliis  is  the  reading  of  all  Mss.  except  PE, 
which  have  ntililniiiiii.  Miiller  reads  utilitatnm,  and  is  followed 
in  this  by  most  recent  editors.  Keid  and  Lahmeyer  have  utilitatis. 
This  seems  to  nie  to  deserve  the  preference,  not  only  on  Ms.  grounds, 
but  also  because  utilitatis  causa  is  a  stock  phrase  in  Cicero's  di.s- 
cussions  of  ethical  problems  ;  ntilitalnm  causa  nowhere  occurs. 

22.  15.  ferunt,  tum  exsulantem :  this  is  the  Ms.  reading, 
and  is  followed  by  most  recent  editors,  — Lahmeyer,  Keid,  Nauck, 
Strelitz,  Schiche,  Monet.  jMiiller,  following  Madvig's  conjecture, 
reads  ferunt  exsulantem,  tnm.  I  can  see  no  adequate  grounds  for 
altering  the  Ms.  reading. 

29.    sperni  ab  eis  veteres  amicitias.  indulgeri  novis  :  .Miilier, 


CRITICAL  APPENDIX  121 

after  Mommsen,  brackets  these  words,  which  are  lacking  in  P, 
but  the  passage  has  a  genuine  Ciceronian  character,  and  ought,  in 
my  judgmeut,  to  be  regarded  as  sound. 

23.  16.  faciat :  the  Mss.,  foUowed  by  Miiller,  read  facit.  But 
faciat  is  almost  a  syntactical  nece.ssity  liere,  as  is  recognized  by 

Halni,  Baiter,  Meissner,  Strelitz,  Tiicking,  Novak.  At  p.  24,  1,  3, 
where  the  same  sentence  again  occui's,  all  Mss.  have  faciat. 

24.  0.  inducat  in  spem:  in  support  of  the  iusertion  of  in, 
whicli  no  e.Kistiug  Ms.  has,  may  be  cited  Petavius's  translation,  eU 

ro  afxeivov  iK-ni^ett'. 

25.  28.  amicitiis:  CDK  have  amicitiis ;  EV,  amicitia ;  PMG, 
amicitias ;  BS,  auiiticias.  Petavius  evidently  followed  a  text  or 
Ms.  wliich  read  amicitiis ;  his  tran.slation  is  'Iva  .  .  .  raTs  <^iAiais 

32.  Sint  vero  aliqui  reperti :  the  Mss.  vary  considerably 
here.  MGBSV  liave  si»  vero  erunt,  P  has  sinuerztnt,  DE  have 
sin  erunt.  As  the  Latinity  of  sin  vero  is  questionable  for 
Cicero's  writings,  Miiller  reads  sin  erunt.  My  reading  foUows 
H  2682. 

26.  18.  aut  in  bonis :  the  Mss.  have  aut  si  in  bonis,  fol- 
lowed  by  Miiller  and  all  other  editors  except  Meissner.  I  foUow 
him  in  rejecting  si,  and  consequently  in  putting  a  colon  after 
convincunt. 

24.  constantiaeque  eius,  quam  in  amicitia  quaerimus,  fides 
est :  this  is  my  conjecture  for  the  Ms.  reading  coiistautiaeque  est 
eius,  quam  in  amicitia  quaerimus,  fdes,  which  puts  est  in  a  most 
unnatural  position.  It  is  much  simpler  to  believe  tliat  in  the  arche- 
type  est  had  fallen  out  after  Jides  (at  the  end  of  a  line  ?)  and  was 
then  wrongly  inserted  after  constantiaeque.  In  C  constantiaeque 
and  fdes  both  stand  at  the  end  of  the  line. 

27.  32.  Quininipso:  the  Mss.  vary.  Frea.ds  quiin;  GBESV, 
quin  et  in ;  D,  atqtii  in.  Miiller  reads  qriin  ipso.  But  the  sense 
of  the  passage  makes  in  indispensable  (see  Meissner,  Neue  Jahr- 
biicher  fiir  Philologie  und  Padagogik,  135,  p.  555).  My  text  follows 
Schiche's  conjecture.  Meissner  himself  reads  In  ipso.  But  his 
plea  that  Cicero  would  not  have  used  quin  twice  in  such  close  en- 
vironment  can  hardly  have  weight  in  face  of  the  overwhelming 
Ms.  evidence  in  favor  of  that  word  in  the  present  passage.     Peta- 


122  LAELIUS  DE  AMICITIA 

vius  translates,  Kal  4v  avrw  Se  'iirncfi.     Schiche's  conjecture  now  re- 
ceives  confirmation  from  the  reading  of  C,  qii  in  ipso.^ 

29.  14.  opera  :  the  Mss.,  followed  by  Miiller,  have  opere ;  and 
so  all  editors  except  Reid,  who  rightly  urges  that  opera  is  here 
demanded  by  the  sense. 

31.  Dispares  enim  mores  disparia  studia  sequuntur:  Miiller 
puts  a  comma  after  mores,  and  takes  both  nouns  (used  as  syno- 
nyms)  as  tlie  subject  of  sequuntur.  With  most  recent  editors  I 
remove  tlie  comma  and  interpret  tlie  sentence  as  explained  in  tlie 
commentary. 

30.  23.  solvendae :  I  follow  Novak's  conjecture.  The  Mss. 
have  eluendae  (C  elevanclae),  followed  by  Miiller  and  all  other 
editors.  But  eluere,  '  to  wash  out,'  is  nowhere  used  of  such  things 
as  amicitia,  —  only  of  blood,  disgrace,  ignominy,  etc.  Tlie  cor- 
ruption  of  solvendae  to  eluendae  would  have  been  perfectly  natural. 
We  liave  only  to  assume  the  haplography  of  ss  and  the  change  of  o 
to  e.     Witli  the  expression,  cf.  amicitias  dissolveret,  p.  14,  1.  31. 

31.  2.  Nihil  enim  est :  this  is  tlie  reading  of  all  Mss.  except  M, 
which  has  nihil  est  enim,  adopted  by  Mtiller. 

7.  at  cum  bonitate :  the  Mss.  give  auctoritate  followed  by 
Miiller.  I  have  adopted  Meissner's  conjecture,  which  is  not 
merely  paleogTaphically  simple,  but  yields  excellent  sense. 

11.  oppressae  esse :  this  is  the  reading  of  all  Mss.  except  M, 
whicli  omits  esse.     Miiller  follows  M. 

16.    non  is  :  Miiller  liere  omits  is  by  an  oversight. 

33.  17.  deligendis:  the  Mss.  give  diligendis;  so  Miiller  and 
most  editors ;  but  et  .  .  .  et  seems  to  indicate  that  we  liave  not 
synonymous  expressions  to  deal  with.  retavius  evidently  liad  a 
Ms.  or  edition  wliicli  read  delirjendis,  for  liis  translation  is  eTrl  t^s 
iKKo-yrjs  Koi   dfpatrfias. 

35.  7.  subeunda:  Madvig's  conjecture  for  sublevanda  of  the 
Mss.  foUowed  by  Miiller.  Even  Miiller's  elaborate  note  in  defence 
of  the  Ms.  reading  (Seyffert-Miiller,  p.  511)  does  not  persuade  me 


1 1  read  this  qii  as  quin  (despite  Ihe  fact  that  the  recognized  ab- 
breviation  for  quin  is  qn),  owing  to  tlie  recurrence  of  the  sanie  ahbre- 
viation  at  §  08  fin.  (pi  locis  ipsis,  where  all  other  Mss.  have  quin 
(E  qui  in),  long  sinee  corrected  to  cum  (Mii.  quoni). 


CRITICAL  APPENDIX  123 

to  accept  his  reading ;  for  the  expressioii  offensio  subeunda,  cf. 
Pliny,  Epp.  iv.  7.  11,  suhire  offensas. 

37.  0.  et  severum  :  MUller  here  follows  MGDE  which  have 
severum ;  BCSV  have  et  severum,  tlie  reading  adopted  by  Halin, 
Baiter,  Meissner,  Novak.  Inasmuch  as  constantem,  sevenim,  and 
gravem  are  independent  and  equal  modifiers  of  civem,  et  cannot 
properly  be  omitted  here. 

10.  illi :  MGD,  followed  by  Muller,  have  illa ;  PBCESV  have 
illi,  adopted  by  Nauck,  Ileid,  Novak,  Monet.  The  position  of  the 
pronoun,  as  well  as  the  sense  of  tlie  passage,  seems  to  me  to  be 
against  Muller's  readiug. 

12.  [non  comitem]  :  bracketed  by  Graevius  as  an  interpolation 
from  §  87,  nec  se  comitem  illius  fnroris,  sed  ducem  praebuit. 

40.  1.  alia  ex  alia  :  ex  alia  is  Orelli's  emendation  ;  I  foUow 
Miiller  in  accepting  it.  But  it  evidently  antedates  Orelli  by  several 
centuries.     Petavius  translates  4A.Arjj/  i^  &\\tis. 


AMnouneement, 

THE  STUDENTS'  SERIES  OF  LATIN  CLASSICS. 

UNDKR   TUE   EDITOKIAL   SUPERVISION    OP 

ERNEST  MONDELL  PEASE,  A.M., 
Leland  Stanford  Jv/tiior  Vhiversiiy, 

AND 

HARRY  THURSTON  PECK,  Ph.D.,  L.H.D., 

Colvmbia  College. 


This  Series  will  contain  the  Latin  authors  usually  read  in  Amerl- 
can  schools  and  colleges,  and  also  others  well  adapted  to  class-room 
use,  but  not  as  yet  published  iu  suitable  editions.  The  several 
voluuies  will  be  prepared  by  special  editors,  who  will  aim  to  revise 
the  text  carefuily  and  to  edit  it  in  tlie  most  serviceable  manuer. 
Where  there  are  German  editions  of  unusual  merit,  representing 
years  of  special  study  under  the  most  favorable  circumstances, 
these  will  be  used,  with  tlie  consent  of  the  foreign  editor,  as  a  basis 
for  the  American  edition.  In  this  way  it  will  be  possible  to  bring 
out  text-books  of  the  highest  excellence  in  a  comparatively  sliort 
period  of  time. 

The  editions  will  be  of  two  kinds,  conforming  to  tlie  different 
methods  of  studying  Latin  in  our  best  institutions.  Some  will 
contain  in  the  introductions  and  commentary  such  a  careful  and 
minute  treatment  of  the  autlior's  life,  language,  and  style  as  to 
afford  tlie  means  for  a  thorough  appreciation  of  the  author  and  his 
place  in  Latin  literature.  Otlaers  will  aim  merely  to  assist  tlie 
student  to  a  good  reading  knowledge  of  tlie  author,  and  will  liave 
only  tlie  text  aiid  brief  explanatory  notes  at  the  bottom  of  each 
page.  The  latter  will  be  particularly  acceptable  for  siglit  reading, 
and  for  rapid  reading  af ter  the  minute  study  of  an  author  or  period 
in  one  of  tlie  fuller  editions.  Eor  instance,  after  a  class  has  read 
a  play  or  two  of  Plautus  and  Terence  carefully,  with  special  refer- 
ence  to  tlie  peculiarities  of  style,  language,  metres,  tlie  methods 
of  presenting  a  play,  and  the  like,  these  editions  will  be  admirably 
suited  for  the  rapid  reading  of  otlier  plays. 

Tlie  Series  will  also  contain  various  supplementary  works  pre- 
pared  by  competent  scliolars.  Every  effort  will  be  made  to  give 
the  books  a  ueat  and  attractive  appearance. 

1 


The  following  volumes  are  now  ready  or  in  preparation :  — 

CAESAR,  Gallic  War,  Books  I-V.    By  H.^rold  W.  Johnston,  Pli.D., 

Prolessor  in  tlie  Indiaiia  University. 
CATULLUS,  Selections,  l)ased  upon  tlie  edition  of  Riese.    By  Thomas 

B.  LiNDSAY,  Pli.D.,  Professor  in  Boston  University. 
CICERO,  Select  Orations.     By  B.  L.  D'Ooge,  A.M.,  Professor  in  the 

State  Nornial  Scliool,  Ypsilanti,  Mich. 

CICEIIO,  De  Senectute  et  de  Amicitia.     By  Charles  E.  Bennett, 

A.^L,  Professor  iii  tlie  Coriiell  Uiiiversity.  litady. 

CICERO,    Tusculan   Disputations,   Books  I  and  II.      By  Professor 

Pecic. 
CICERO,  De  Oratore,  Book  I,  hased  upon  the  edition  of  Sorof.    By 

W.  B.  OwK.N,  Pli.D.,  Professor  iu  Lafayette  College.  Ready. 

CICERO,   Select  Letters,   based  in  part  upon  the  edition  of  Siipfle- 

Biickel.     ]5y  Professor  Peasb. 
EUTROPIUS,    Selections.  Ready. 

GELLIUS,  Selections.    By  Professor  Peck. 
HORACE,  Odes  and  Epodes.    By  Paul  Shorey,  Ph.D.,  Professor  iu 

tlie  Cliicago  Uiiiversity.  Nearly  Ready 

HORACE,  Satires  and  Epistles,  based  upon  the  edition  of  Kiessling 

By  James   1L    Kikkland,    Pli.I).,   Professor  in   Vanderbilt   Uni 

versity.  Ready 

LIVY,  Books  XXI  and  XXII,  based  upon  ihe  editioii  of  Wolfflin.    By 

JoHN  K.  LouD,  Ph.D.,  Professor  in  Dartinoutli  College.        Ready. 

LIVY,  Book  I,  for  rapid  reading.     By  Professor  Lord.  Ready. 

LUCRETIUS,  De  Rerum  Natura,  Book  III.    By  W.  A.  Merrill,  Ph.D., 

Professor  iu  tlic  Uuiversity  of  California. 

MARTIAL,   Selections.    By   Charles   Knapp,   Ph.D.,   Professor  in 
Barnard  College. 

NEPOS,  for  rapid  reading.    By  Isaac  Flagg,  Ph.D.,  Professor  in  the 
Uiiiversity  of  California.  Ready, 

NEPOS,  Selections.     By  J.  C.  Jones,  A.M.,  Profe!;sor  in  the  University 

of  Alissuuri. 

OVID,  Selections  from  the  Metamorphoses,  based  upon  the  edition  of 
Meus('r-l\i;cii.     P>y  B.  L.  \\i(;(iiNs,  A.AL,  Professor  in  the  Univer- 

sily  of  llie  .Soulh. 

2 


OVID,   Selections,   for  rapid  reading.     By  A.  L.  Bondurant,  A.M., 

Pnifessor  iii  tlio  Uiiiversity  of  Mississippi. 
PETRONITJS,  Cena  Trimalcliionis,  based  upon  the  edition  of  Biicheler. 

By  W.  K.  Watkus,  ¥h.D.,  Presideut  of  Wells  College. 
PLATJTUS,  Captivi,  for  rapid  reading.    By  Grove  E.  Barber,  A.M., 

Professor  iii  tlie  riiiversity  of  Nebraska. 

PLATJTTJS,  Menaechmi,  based  upon  the  edition  of  Brix.  By  Harold 
N.  FowLKR,  Pli.D.,  Professor  in  the  Western  Reserve  Univer- 
sity.  Ready. 

PLINY,  Select  Letters,  for  rapid  reading.  By  Samuel  Ball  Plat- 
NKK,  Ph.I).,  Professor  in  the  Western  Reserve  University.    Eeady. 

QTJINTILIAN,  Book  X  and  Selections  from  Book  XII,  based  upon 
the  editiou  of  Kriiger.  By  Carl  W.  Belser,  Ph.D.,  Professor  in 
tlie  University  of  Colorado. 

SALLTJST,  Catiline,  based  upon  the  edition  of  Schmalz.  By  Charles 
G.  Herbkrmann,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  Professor  in  the  CoUege  of  the 
City  of  New  York.  Readi/. 

SENECA,  Select  Lotters.    By  E.  C.  Winslow,  A.M. 

TACITTJS,  Annals,  Book  I  and  Selections  from  Book  II,  based  upon 

the  editiou  of  Nipperdey-Audreseu.    By  E.  M.  Hydb,  Ph.D.,  Pro- 

fessor  in  Lehigh  Uuiversity. 

TACITTJS,  Agricola  and  Germania,  based  upon  the  editions  of  Schwei- 
zer-Sidler  aiid  Drager.  By  A.  G.  Hopkins,  Ph.D.,  Professor  in 
Hiuuiltou  College.  Ready, 

TACITTJS,  Histories,  Book  I  and  Selections  from  Books  II-V,  based 
upou  the  editiou  of  Wolff.  By  Edward  H.  Spieker,  Ph.D.,  Pro- 
fessor  in  the  Johus  Hoi>kins  University. 

TERENCE,  Adelphoe,  for  rapid  readiug.  By  William  L.  Cowles, 
A.M.,  Professor  iu  Amherst  College.  Ready. 

TERENCE,  Phormio,  based  upon  the  editiou  of  Dziatzko.  By  Her- 
bert  C.  Elmer,  Ph.D.,  Assistaut  Professor  in  the  Coruell  Uni- 
versity.  Ready. 

TIBULLTJS  AND  PROPERTIUS,  Selections,  based  upon  the  edition  of 
Jacoby.  By  Hknry  F.  Burton,  A.M.,  Professor  in  the  University 
of  Rochester. 

VALERIUS  MAXIMUS,  Fifty  Selections,  for  rapid  reading.  By 
Charles  S.  Smith,  A.M.,  CoUege  of  New  Jersey.  Beady. 

3 


VELLEIUS   PATERCULUS,  Historia  Romana,  Book  II.     By  F.   E. 

KorKWoDi),  A..M.,  1'iolc.s.soi- iii  Duckiifll  lJiii\  er.sity.  Ready. 

VERGIL,    Books   I-VI.      By    E.    Antoinette    Ely,    A.M.,    CliftoD 

School,    aiiil    S.    Fbances    Pellett,    A.M.,    Biughamtou    High 

Scliool,  X.Y. 
VERGIL,  The  Story  of  Turnus  from  Aen.  VII-XII,  for  rapid  reading. 

By  MoisEs  Sl.vughtku,   Th.D.,  Professor  iii   Uuiversity  of  Wis- 

consin.  Reudy. 

VIRI  ROMAE,  Selections.      By  (i.  M.  \Vhichek,  A.M.,  Packer  Col- 

ic.-iatc   liistitiitc.  Reudy. 

LATIN  COMPOSITION,  for  college  use.     By  W.vlter  Miller,  A.M., 

l'rotcssor  iii  tlic  Lclainl  Stanronl  .Ir.  rniversity.  Reudy. 

LATIN  COMPOSITION,  for  advanced  classes.    By  H.  R.  Fairclough, 

A..M.,  Prolcssor  iii  llic  T.clainl  Staiiford  Jr.  Universitj'. 

HAND  BOOK  OF  LATIN  SYNONYMS.      By  Mr.  Miller. 

A  FIRST  BOOK  IN  LATIN.  By  Hiham  Tuell,  A.M.,  late  Principal 
of  tlie  Miltoii  Hiiih  School,  Mass.,  and  Harold  N.  Fowler,  Ph.D., 
Western  Rescrve  Ihiivcrsity.  Ready. 

EXERCISES  IN  LATIN  COMPOSITION,  for  schools.  By  M.  Grant 
Daniell,  A.M.,  fornierly  Priiiciiial  of  ('liauuej--Hall  School, 
Boston.  Reudy. 

A  NEW  LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION.  By  I\I.  Grant  Daniell, 
A.M.  Rendy. 

THE  PRIVATE  LIFE  OF  THE  ROMANS,  a  luanual  for  the  use  of 
schools  aiid  collcges.  By  ILvkkikt  Waters  Preston  and  Louise 
DoDGK.  Ready. 

GREEK  AND  ROMAN  MYTHOLOGY,  hased  on  the  recent  work  of 
Steuding.  By  Karl  P.  H.arrinoton,  A.M.,  Professor  in  the  Uni- 
ver.sity  of  Nortli  Carolina,  aud  Herbert  C.  Tolman,  Ph.D.,  Pro- 
fessor  iu  Vauderhilt  University.  Ready. 

ATLAS  ANTIQUUS,  twelve  luaps  of  the  ancient  world,  for  schools  aud 
colleges.     By  I)r.  Hknky  Kiepert,  M.R.  Acad.  Berliu.        Ready. 

Tentative  arrangeuieuts  have  been  made  for  other  books  not  ready 
to  he  announced. 


LEACH,  SHEWELL,  &  SANBORN, 

Boston,  New  York,  anrt  Chicago. 
4 


00 

to 

[<  j 
00 


•H  -P 

U  -P 

•H  (L 

fc=  C 

otJ  C 
0) 

(D  CQ 

• 
QJ 


CC  «H 

•H  «H 

(H  O 

iH  «H 

P  S 

E-t  C5 

CQ  Qi 

P  TJ 
O 

f-i  W 

•«  (D 

O  C3 

0) 

O 
•H 
O 


'O 

co 

^  I 


University  of  Toronto 
Library 


DO  NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 


Acme  Library  Card  Pocket 
LOWE-MARTIN  CO.  LlMlTED